Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas...

319
Copyright Notice The copyright in this manual and its associated computer program are the property of Hyprotech Ltd. All rights reserved. Both this manual and the computer program have been provided pursuant to a License Agreement containing restrictions on use. Hyprotech reserves the right to make changes to this manual or its associated computer program without obligation to notify any person or organization. Companies, names and data used in examples herein are fictitious unless otherwise stated. No part of this manual may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any other language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical, chemical manual or otherwise, or disclosed to third parties without the prior written consent of Hyprotech Ltd., Suite 800, 707 - 8th Avenue SW, Calgary AB, T2P 1H5, Canada. © 2001 Hyprotech Ltd. All rights reserved. HYSYS, HYSYS.Plant, HYSYS.Process, TASC and HYSIM are registered trademarks of Hyprotech Ltd. ICARUS and Kbase™ is registered trademark of ICARUS Corporation. Microsoft® Windows®, Windows® 95/98, Windows® NT and Windows® 2000 are registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation. This product uses WinWrap® Basic, Copyright 1993-1998, Polar Engineering and Consulting. Documentation Credits Authors of the current release, listed in order of historical start on project: Adeel Jamil, B.Sc.,Conrad Gierer, B.A.Sc., Nana Nguyen, B.Sc., Wayne Boras, P.Eng., Peter deJonge, B.Sc. Eng., Sarah-Jane Brenner, BASc. Since software is always a work in progress, any version, while representing a milestone, is nevertheless but a point in a continuum. Those individuals whose contributions created the foundation upon which this work is built have not been forgotten. The current authors would like to thank the previous contributors. A special thanks is also extended by the authors to everyone who contributed through countless hours of proof-reading and testing. Contacting Hyprotech Hyprotech can be conveniently accessed via the following: Website: www.hyprotech.com Technical Support: [email protected] Information and Sales: [email protected] Detailed information on accessing Hyprotech Technical Support can be found in the Technical Support section in the preface to this manual.

Transcript of Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas...

Page 1: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Copyright Notice

The copyright in this manual and its associated computer program are the property of Hyprotech Ltd. All rights reserved. Both this manual and the computer program have been provided pursuant to a License Agreement containing restrictions on use.

Hyprotech reserves the right to make changes to this manual or its associated computer program without obligation to notify any person or organization. Companies, names and data used in examples herein are fictitious unless otherwise stated.

No part of this manual may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any other language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical, chemical manual or otherwise, or disclosed to third parties without the prior written consent of Hyprotech Ltd., Suite 800, 707 - 8th Avenue SW, Calgary AB, T2P 1H5, Canada.

© 2001 Hyprotech Ltd. All rights reserved.

HYSYS, HYSYS.Plant, HYSYS.Process, TASC and HYSIM are registered trademarks of Hyprotech Ltd.

ICARUS and Kbase™ is registered trademark of ICARUS Corporation.

Microsoft® Windows®, Windows® 95/98, Windows® NT and Windows® 2000 are registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation.

This product uses WinWrap® Basic, Copyright 1993-1998, Polar Engineering and Consulting.

Documentation CreditsAuthors of the current release, listed in order of historical start on project:

Adeel Jamil, B.Sc.,Conrad Gierer, B.A.Sc., Nana Nguyen, B.Sc., Wayne Boras, P.Eng., Peter deJonge, B.Sc. Eng., Sarah-Jane Brenner, BASc.

Since software is always a work in progress, any version, while representing a milestone, is nevertheless but a point in a continuum. Those individuals whose contributions created the foundation upon which this work is built have not been forgotten. The current authors would like to thank the previous contributors.

A special thanks is also extended by the authors to everyone who contributed through countless hours of proof-reading and testing.

Contacting HyprotechHyprotech can be conveniently accessed via the following:

Website: www.hyprotech.comTechnical Support: [email protected] and Sales: [email protected]

Detailed information on accessing Hyprotech Technical Support can be found in the Technical Support section in the preface to this manual.

Page 2: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Table of Contents

1 Introducing ECONOMIX....................................1-11.1 The Capabilities of ECONOMIX........................................ 1-4

1.2 Use of Manuals ................................................................. 1-6

1.3 Technical Support ........................................................... 1-11

2 Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX...................2-12.1 Basic Requirements .......................................................... 2-3

2.2 Installing ICARUS™ Process Evaluator............................ 2-4

2.3 Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX................................... 2-6

2.4 The Standalone Key Version of HYSYS ........................... 2-9

2.5 The Network Key Version of HYSYS .............................. 2-14

3 Interface ...........................................................3-13.1 Interface Basics................................................................. 3-3

3.2 Manoeuvring Through the Interface ................................ 3-15

4 Example 1 .........................................................4-1

5 Example 2 .........................................................5-1

6 ECONOMIX Basics............................................6-16.1 Importing Unit Operations ................................................. 6-3

6.2 Menu Bar Options ............................................................. 6-7

6.3 Exporting Data................................................................. 6-15

7 Basis Phase ......................................................7-17.1 General Project Page........................................................ 7-4

7.2 Global Selection Page....................................................... 7-8

7.3 Global Sizing/Design Page.............................................. 7-10

8 Selection Phase................................................8-18.1 Equipment Categories....................................................... 8-4

9 Sizing Phase .....................................................9-1

i

Page 3: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9.1 Sizing and Displaying Individual Item Data ....................... 9-5

9.2 Vessels Category .............................................................. 9-6

9.3 Heat Transfer Category................................................... 9-13

9.4 Rotating Equipment Category ......................................... 9-19

9.5 Tower Category............................................................... 9-22

9.6 Reactor Category ............................................................ 9-28

9.7 Solids Handling Category................................................ 9-32

10 Design Phase..................................................10-110.1 Checking the Design on All Items ................................. 10-11

10.2 A-frame Type Process Furnace .................................... 10-11

10.3 Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Motor ....................... 10-12

10.4 Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Turbine .................... 10-13

10.5 Air Compressor - Reciprocating with Gas Engine ......... 10-13

10.6 Air Compressor - Reciprocating with Motor................... 10-13

10.7 Air Compressor - Single Reciprocating One-Stage....... 10-14

10.8 Air Compressor - Single Reciprocating Two-Stage....... 10-14

10.9 Air Cooler - Free Standing or Rack-Mounted ................ 10-14

10.10 Agitated Tank - Enclosed .............................................. 10-16

10.11 Agitated Tank - Enclosed, Jacketed.............................. 10-18

10.12 Agitated Tank - Open Top............................................. 10-18

10.13 API 610 Pump ............................................................... 10-18

10.14 API 610 In-line Pump .................................................... 10-19

10.15 Axial Flow Vertical Pump............................................... 10-19

10.16 Baghouse with Injected Pulsed Air................................ 10-20

10.17 Baghouse with Motor Shakers ...................................... 10-21

10.18 Box-type Process Furnace............................................ 10-21

10.19 Box-type Reformer without Catalyst.............................. 10-21

10.20 Canned Motor Pump ..................................................... 10-22

10.21 Canned Rotor Gear Pump............................................. 10-23

10.22 Centrifugal Single or Multi-stage Pump......................... 10-24

10.23 Cone Bottom Storage Bin.............................................. 10-24

10.24 Cryogenic Storage Tank................................................ 10-26

10.25 Cyclone Dust Collector.................................................. 10-27

10.26 Diaphragm Pump - TFE Type ....................................... 10-28

10.27 Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger ...... 10-29

10.28 Flat-Bottom Storage Tank with Optional Roof............... 10-30

10.29 Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger ............ 10-32

10.30 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Horizontal ..................... 10-34

Page 4: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear................. 10-35

10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating .................................. 10-36

10.33 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating, Integral Gas Engine 10-36

10.34 Gas Turbine with Combustion Chamber ....................... 10-37

10.35 General Service Pump .................................................. 10-37

10.36 General Service In-line Pump ....................................... 10-38

10.37 Jacketed Process Vessel .............................................. 10-38

10.38 Kettle with Floating Head .............................................. 10-39

10.39 Live Bottom Storage Bin................................................ 10-41

10.40 Low Consistency Stock Pump....................................... 10-42

10.41 Low Pressure Gas Storage Vessel ............................... 10-43

10.42 Mechanical Seal Gear Pump......................................... 10-43

10.43 Multi-walled Process Vessel.......................................... 10-43

10.44 Multiple-Cyclone Dust Collector .................................... 10-43

10.45 Plastic ANSI Single-stage Pump................................... 10-44

10.46 Pyrolysis Unit................................................................. 10-45

10.47 Reciprocating Duplex Pump - Steam Driver.................. 10-45

10.48 Reciprocating Positive Displacement Plunger Pump .... 10-46

10.49 Reciprocating Simplex Pump - Steam Driver ................ 10-46

10.50 Rotary Disk Filter........................................................... 10-46

10.51 Rotary Drum Filter ......................................................... 10-47

10.52 Rotary (Sliding Vanes) Pump........................................ 10-48

10.53 Slurry Pump................................................................... 10-48

10.54 Sphere........................................................................... 10-48

10.55 Spheroid ........................................................................ 10-49

10.56 Standard ANSI Magnetic Drive Pump........................... 10-49

10.57 Standard ANSI Single-stage Pump............................... 10-49

10.58 Standard External Gear Rotary Pump........................... 10-50

10.59 Standard Process Vessel .............................................. 10-51

10.60 Standard Tower - Packed Single Diameter ................... 10-55

10.61 Standard Tower - Packed Double Diameter.................. 10-57

10.62 Standard Tower - Trayed Single Diameter.................... 10-59

10.63 Standard Tower - Trayed Double Diameter .................. 10-60

10.64 Steam Turbine Driver, Condensing Type...................... 10-60

10.65 Steam Turbine Driver, Non-Condensing Type .............. 10-61

10.66 Thermosiphon (Horizontal Shell, Fixed Tube Sheet) .... 10-61

10.67 Thermosiphon (Horizontal Shell, Floating Head) .......... 10-62

10.68 Thermosiphon (Horizontal Shell, U-tube) ................ 10-62

iii

Page 5: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10.69 Thermosiphon (Vertical Shell, Fixed Tube Sheet)......... 10-62

10.70 Triplex Plunger Pump - Motor Driver............................. 10-63

10.71 U-tube Kettle ................................................................. 10-63

10.72 U-tube Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger........................ 10-64

10.73 Vertical Cylindrical Process Furnace............................. 10-64

10.74 Vertical Sump Pump - Turbine Impeller ........................ 10-64

10.75 Water Cyclone - Mineral Separation ............................. 10-64

11 Reports ...........................................................11-111.1 General Project Tab ........................................................ 11-3

11.2 Equipment Tab................................................................ 11-5

11.3 Plant Bulks Tab ............................................................... 11-7

11.4 Engineering Tab............................................................ 11-10

11.5 Construction Tab........................................................... 11-11

11.6 Schedules Tab .............................................................. 11-13

11.7 Direct Cost Details Property View ................................. 11-14

11.8 Sub Groups Direct Cost Data Property View ................ 11-17

11.9 Design Data Sheet View ............................................... 11-19

12 Theory.............................................................12-112.1 Selection.......................................................................... 12-3

12.2 Sizing............................................................................... 12-5

12.3 References.................................................................... 12-24

Index..................................................................I-1

iv

Page 6: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Introducing ECONOMIX 1-1

1 Introducing ECONOMIX

1-1

1.1 The Capabilities of ECONOMIX................................................................... 4

1.1.1 The ECONOMIX Difference ..................................................................... 5

1.2 Use of Manuals ............................................................................................. 6

1.2.1 Viewing the On-Line Documentation........................................................ 61.2.2 Conventions used in the Manuals ............................................................ 8

1.3 Technical Support ...................................................................................... 11

Page 7: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

1-2

1-2

Page 8: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Introducing ECONOMIX 1-3

ECONOMIX is a revolutionary integrated process evaluation system that unifies process simulation, equipment selection, sizing, design, and detailed capital evaluation operations into one application. This allows for open interaction between process and project engineers during the design phase of a project.

Applying ECONOMIX gives your company the competitive advantage that you need. It allows you to:

• Reduce overhead by reducing your proposal costs.• Bid on More Projects and Win More Projects (if you must

lose, lose with minimal time and effort).• Increase Accuracy - focus your people on profitable• projects• Faced with your design conclusions, you need answers to

decide on funding, staffing, and choosing one project overanother.

• Evaluate client requests, prepare proposals and lump-sumbids that were once both time consuming and resourcedemanding

• Increase Client Base by providing your clients withalternatives that were once too expensive to create.

• Reduce your process design time and promote the bestdesign forward in the lifecycle based on economics.

With ECONOMIX, you have an easy-to-use application with a variety of interfaces. ECONOMIX has a built-in, fully functional, interactive relationship with HYSYS. You can readily select the entire flowsheet or a single operation for sizing, designing and evaluating. Built on the solid foundation of AEA Technology’s PICASSO framework, ECONOMIX combines AEA’s solid process understanding and knowledge base and the Icarus Corporation’s design and costing knowledge base into one application.

The PICASSO framework is a technology developed by AEA Technology that provides the infrastructure for building component based applications. It allows the assembly of an arbitrary collection of parts, which individually focus on highly specific problems, into one integrated application.

Hence, ECONOMIX is a collection of modules assembled by the PICASSO framework that combines the strengths of various focused applications for the sizing, selection and other rule based utilities with the mechanical design and costing modules from Icarus into one consolidated application.

1-3

Page 9: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

1-4 The Capabilities of ECONOMIX

1-4

1.1 The Capabilities of ECONOMIX

The following list highlights some of the capabilities of ECONOMIX:

• Two-way integration with HYSYS.Process/Plant.• Automatic equipment selection options that recommend

equipment types based on process conditions andheuristics.

• Rigorously size equipment based on process simulatorderived data using industry accepted methods.

• Update HYSYS.Plant with accurate equipment capacityinformation for simulating in rating or dynamics mode.

• Uses ICARUS Kbase™ to implement a wide variety ofmechanical design standards (ASME, BS5500, JIS, API,and DIN) to conform to engineering and construction bestpractices.

• Uses Kbase™ to simulates vendor methods for cost ofprocess equipment that conforms to design standards andmanufacturing costs based on self-contained and updatedmulti-national cost bases (UK, Japan, US).

• Uses Kbase™ to develop installation bulks independent ofprocess equipment cost, by implementing design methodsfor civil, steel , insulation, electrical, piping andinstrumentation through built-in P&Ids, stored isometrics,control system network schematics, foundation designand volumetric models.

• General project (plants bulk and process equipment)capital cost reporting and engineering, procurement,construction cost modeling and scheduling.

Page 10: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Introducing ECONOMIX 1-5

1.1.1 The ECONOMIX DifferenceUnlike traditional cost evaluation systems, ECONOMIX extracts greater value by unifying process simulation, equipment selection and sizing, and detailed capital evaluation operations into one integrated application. This allows your project and process engineers to openly interact during the design phase of the project.

By using ECONOMIX, you can empower your asset teams to quickly evaluate process ideas and conceptual designs by automatically extending your process simulation models into process equipment and design estimates for rating and/or dynamic simulation. All this allows you to make solid capital investment decisions.

Make the Right Decision at the Right Time!

1-5

Page 11: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

1-6 Use of Manuals

1-6

1.2 Use of ManualsYour ECONOMIX documentation package consists of one coil-bound manual and an ECONOMIX Documentation CD-ROM which includes the same material that is in printed form in the manual.

In addition to the printed material, the CD-ROM also contains the Icarus Reference Manual in PDF format. It is provided as reference material for you to use as you work with the software.

1.2.1 Viewing the On-Line Documentation

ECONOMIX On-Line Documentation is viewed using the Adobe Acrobat Reader®, which is included in the Documentation folder of the CD-ROM. Install Acrobat Reader on your computer by following the instructions on the CD-ROM insert card. Once installed, you can view the electronic documentation either directly from the CD-ROM, or you can copy the Docs subfolder (containing all the electronic documentation files) from the Documentation folder and the file named main.pdf to your hard drive before viewing the files.

Manoeuvre through the on-line documentation using the bookmarks on the left of the screen, the navigation buttons in the button bar or using the scroll bars on the side of the view. Blue text indicates an active link to the referenced section or view. Click on that text and Acrobat will jump to that particular section.

Attaching the On-line CD Index

One of the advantages in using the ECONOMIX on-line documentation is the ability to do power searching using the Adobe Acrobat® Query tool. By selecting the Query button or selecting Query from the Search submenu of the Tools menu, you can search simultaneously through all the manuals for keywords.

In order to make use of this powerful searching tool, you must attach the index file to Acrobat using the following procedure:

1. To open the Index Selection view you must do one of the following:

• Select Indexes from the Search submenu in the Tools menu.• Press <Ctrl><Shift><X>

2. Press the Add button. This should open the Add Index view.

For more information on the search tools available in Adobe Acrobat Reader®, consult the Help files provided with the Reader.

Page 12: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Introducing ECONOMIX 1-7

3. Ensure that the Look in field is currently set to your CD-ROM drive label. There should be two directories visible from the root directory: Acrobat and Doc.

4. Open the Doc folder. Inside it you should find the Index.pdx file. Select it and press the Open button.

5. The Index Selection view should display the ECONOMIX Documentation Index to be attached. Press the OK button and you may begin making use of the Query tool.

Other Acrobat features include a zoom-in tool in the button bar, which allows you to magnify the text you are reading. If you wish, you may print pages or chapters of the on-line documentation using the Print command under the File menu.

Figure 1.1

1-7

Page 13: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

1-8 Use of Manuals

1-8

1.2.2 Conventions used in the Manuals

The following section lists a number of conventions used throughout the documentation.

Keywords for Mouse Actions

As you work through various procedures given in the manual, you will be given instructions on performing specific functions or commands. Instead of repeating certain phrases for mouse instructions, keywords are used to imply a longer instructional phrase:

The primary mouse button is the one you use the most. For most users of a standard two-button mouse, the primary mouse button is on the left, and the secondary button on the right.

Keywords Action

Select, choose, pressor click

Position the cursor on the object or button ofinterest, and press the primary mouse buttononce.

Double-clickPosition the cursor on the object of interest, andpress the primary mouse button twice, quickly insuccession.

Click and drag

Position the cursor on the object of interest, pressand hold the primary mouse button, move thecursor to a new location, and release the primarymouse button.

Object inspect Position the cursor on the object of interest, andpress the secondary mouse button once.

Page 14: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Introducing ECONOMIX 1-9

A number of text formatting conventions are also used throughout the manuals:

Bullets and Numbering

Bulleted and numbered lists will be used extensively throughout the manuals. Numbered lists are used to break down a procedure into steps, for example:

1. Select the Name cell.

2. Type a name for the project customer.

3. Press <Enter> to accept the name.

Bulleted lists are used to identify alternative steps within a procedure, or for simply listing like objects. A sample procedure that utilizes bullets is:

1. Move to the Name cell by doing one of the following:

• Select the Name cell• Press <Alt><N>

2. Type a name for the project.

3. Press <Enter> to accept the name.

Notice the two alternatives for completing Step 1 are indented to indicate their sequence in the overall procedure.

Format Example

When you are asked to invoke an ECONOMIXmenu command, the command is identified bybold lettering.

File indicates the Filemenu item.

When you are asked to select an ECONOMIXbutton, the button is identified by bold, italicizedlettering.

Cancel identifies theCancel button on aparticular view.

When you are asked to select a key or keys toperform a certain function, keyboardcommands are identified by bold lettering,enclosed by angle brackets.

<F1> identifies the F1 key.

The name of an ECONOMIX view (or window)is indicated by bold lettering.

Basic Input Data

The name of a Group within a view is identifiedby bold lettering.

Equipment Categories

The names of Radio Buttons and Check Boxesare identified by bold lettering.

Minimum Basis Input

When you are asked to provide keyboard input,it will be indicated by bold lettering.

“Enter Case 1 for the nameof the new case.”

1-9

Page 15: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

1-10 Use of Manuals

1-10

Callouts

A callout is a label and arrow that describes or identifies an object. An example callout describing a graphic is shown below:

Annotations

Text appearing in the outside margin of the page supplies you with additional or summary information about the adjacent graphic or paragraph. An example is shown to the left.

Shaded Text Boxes

A shaded text box provides you with important information regarding ECONOMIX’s behaviour, or general messages applying to the manual. For example:

The use of many of these conventions will become more apparent as you progress through the manuals.

Figure 1.2

ECONOMIX button

Annotation text appears in the outside page margin.

Before proceeding, you should read the introductory section which precedes the example problems in this manual.

Page 16: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Introducing ECONOMIX 1-11

1.3 Technical SupportThere are several ways in which you can contact Technical Support. If you cannot find the answer to your question in the manual, we encourage you to visit our Website at www.software.aeat.com, where a variety of information is available to you, including:

• Answers to Frequently Asked Questions• Example Cases and Product Information• Technical Papers• News Bulletins• Hotlink to Support E-mail

You can also access Support directly via E-mail. The following listing of Technical Support Centres includes the Support E-mail address. When contacting us via E-mail, please include in your message:

• Your full name, company, phone and fax numbers.• The version of ECONOMIX you are using (see Help,

About...).• The serial number of your ECONOMIX security key.• A detailed description of the problem (attach a simulation

case if possible).

We also have toll free lines that you may use. When you call, please have the same information available.

1-11

Page 17: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

1-12 Technical Support

1-12

1.3.1 Technical Support CentresCalgary, Canada

AEA Technology Engineering Software

Hyprotech Ltd.

Suite 800, 707 - 8th Avenue SW

Calgary, Alberta

T2P 3V3

[email protected] (e-mail)

(403) 520-6181 (local - technical support)

1-888-757-7836 (toll free - technical support)

(403) 520-6601 (fax - technical support)

1-800-661-8696 (information & sales)

Barcelona, Spain (Rest of Europe)

AEA Technology Engineering Software

Hyprotech Europe S.L.

Pg. de Gràcia 56, 4th floor

E-08007 Barcelona, Spain

[email protected] (e-mail)

+34 93 215 68 84 (technical support)

900 161 900 (toll free - technical support - Spain only)

+34 93 215 42 56 (fax - technical support)

+34 93 215 68 84 (information & sales)

Oxford, UK (UK clients only)

AEA Technology Engineering Software

Hyprotech

404 Harwell, Didcot

Oxfordshire, OX11 0RA

United Kingdom

[email protected] (e-mail)

0800 7317643 (freephone technical support)

+44 1235 434351 (fax - technical support)

+44 1235 435555 (information &

sales)

Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

AEA Technology Engineering Software

Hyprotech Ltd., Malaysia

Lot E-3-3a, Dataran Palma

Jalan Selaman ½, Jalan Ampang

68000 Ampang, Selangor

Malaysia

[email protected] (e-mail)

+60 3 470 3880 (technical support)

+60 3 471 3811 (fax - technical support)

+60 3 470 3880 (information & sales)

Yokohama, Japan

AEA Technology Engineering Software

AEA Hyprotech KK

Plus Taria Bldg. 6F.

3-1-4, Shin-Yokohama

Kohoku-ku

Yokohama, Japan

222-0033

[email protected] (e-mail)

81 45 476 5051 (technical support)

81 45 476 5051 (information & sales)

Page 18: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Introducing ECONOMIX 1-13

OfficesCalgary, Canada

Tel: (403) 520-6000

Fax: (403) 520-6040/60

Toll Free: 1-800-661-8696

Yokohama, Japan

Tel: 81 45 476 5051

Fax: 81 45 476 3055

Newark, DE, USA

Tel: (302) 369-0773

Fax: (302) 369-0877

Toll Free: 1-800-688-3430

Houston, TX, USA

Tel: (713) 339-9600

Fax: (713) 339-9601

Toll Free: 1-800-475-0011

Oxford, UK

Tel: +44 1235 435555

Fax: +44 1235 434294

Barcelona, Spain

Tel: +34 93 215 68 84

Fax: +34 93 215 42 56

Oudenaarde, Belgium

Tel: +32 55 310 299

Fax: +32 55 302 030

Düsseldorf, Germany

Tel: +49 211 577933 0

Fax: +49 211 577933 11

Hovik, Norway

Tel: +47 67 10 6464

Fax: +47 67 10 6465

Cairo, Egypt

Tel: +20 2 702 0824

Fax: +20 2 702 0289

Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

Tel: +60 3 470 3880

Fax: +60 3 470 3811

Seoul, Korea

Tel: 82 2 3453 3144 5

Fax: 82 2 3453 9772

1-13

Page 19: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

1-14 Technical Support

1-14

Agents

InternetWebsite: www.software.aeat.com

E-mail: [email protected]

International Innotech, Inc.Katy, USA

Tel: (281) 492-2774Fax: (281) 492-8144

International Innotech, Inc. Beijing, China

Tel: 86 10 6499 3956 Fax: 86 10 6499 3957

International InnotechTaipei, Taiwan

Tel: 886 2 809 6704Fax: 886 2 809 3095

KBTECH Ltda. Bogota, Colombia

Tel: 57 1 258 44 50 Fax: 57 1 258 44 50

KLG SystelNew Delhi, India

Tel: 91 124 346962 Fax: 91 124 346355

Logichem Process Johannesburg, South Africa

Tel: 27 11 465 3800 Fax: 27 11 465 4548

Process Solutions Pty. Ltd. Peregian, Australia

Tel: 61 7 544 81 355Fax: 61 7 544 81 644

Protech Engineering Bratislava, Slovak Republic

Tel: +421 7 4488 8286 Fax: +421 7 4488 8286

PT. Danan Wingus SaktiJakarta, Indonesia

Tel: 62 21 567 4573 75/62 21 567 4508 10Fax: 62 21 567 4507/62 21 568 3081

Ranchero Services (Thailand) Co. Ltd.Bangkok, Thailand

Tel: 66 2 381 1020Fax: 66 2 381 1209

S.C. Chempetrol Service srl Bucharest, Romania

Tel: +401 330 0125Fax: +401 311 3463

Soteica De Mexico Mexico D.F., Mexico

Tel: 52 5 546 5440Fax: 52 5 535 6610

Soteica Do Brasil Sao Paulo, Brazil

Tel: 55 11 533 2381 Fax: 55 11 556 10746

Soteica S.R.L. Buenos Aires, Argentina

Tel: 54 11 4555 5703 Fax: 54 11 4551 0751

Soteiven C.A. Caracas, Venezuela

Tel: 58 2 264 1873Fax: 58 2 265 9509

ZAO Techneftechim Moscow, Russia

Tel: +7 095 202 4370Fax: +7 095 202 4370

Page 20: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX 2-1

2 Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX

2-1

2.1 Basic Requirements..................................................................................... 3

2.2 Installing ICARUS™ Process Evaluator ..................................................... 4

2.3 Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX.............................................................. 6

2.4 The Standalone Key Version of HYSYS...................................................... 9

2.4.1 HYSYS (with ECONOMIX) Installation to a Network Server ................... 92.4.2 Potential Problems Starting the Standalone Key Version of HYSYS ..... 11

2.5 The Network Key Version of HYSYS......................................................... 14

2.5.1 Quick Start - Using the Network Key in Local Mode .............................. 142.5.2 Setting Up the Network Key for Normal Operation................................. 152.5.3 HYSYS (with ECONOMIX) Installation to a Network Server ................. 212.5.4 Potential Problems Running the Network Key Version of HYSYS ......... 23

Page 21: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

2-2

2-2

Page 22: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX 2-3

2.1 Basic Requirements

System Component Requirement

Microprocessor Pentium 200 or better

Operating System Microsoft Windows 2000/NT 4.0/98/95

Physical MemoryWindows NT

Windows 95/98

- 64 MB of RAM

- 64 MB

Total MemoryWindows NT

Windows 95/98

-RAM+Virtual Memory > 128 MB

> 128 MB

Disk Space Approximately 500 MB of free disk space is required.

Serial Port

The GREEN security key used with the "standalone key"version of HYSYS can only be attached to a serialcommunications port of the computer running theapplication (do not plug in a serial mouse behind thesecurity key).

Parallel PortThe BEIGE security key used with the "network key"version of HYSYS must be attached to the parallelcommunications port of a computer on the network.

Monitor/Video

Absolute minimum: VGA (640x480).

Minimum usable: SVGA (800x600).

Recommended: SVGA (1024x768).

MouseRequired. Note that a mouse cannot be plugged intothe back of the green serial port key used with the"standalone" version of HYSYS.

2-3

Page 23: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

2-4 Installing ICARUS™ Process Evaluator

2-4

2.2 Installing ICARUS™ Process Evaluator

Before installing HYSYS, you need to install ICARUSTM Process Evaluator. The following instructions are written assuming installation on Windows 2000/NT 4.0 or Windows 95/98.

1. Shut down all other operating Windows programs on the computer before starting the installation process.

2. Insert the HYSYS software CD into the CD-ROM drive of the computer.

3. From the Start Menu, select Run

4. In the Run dialog box, type: d:\AEA Technology\icarus\setup.exe and click on the OK button (where d: corresponds to the drive letter of the CD-ROM drive).

5. Follow the on-screen instructions to proceed with installation. You need to provide the individual name and the company name as requested by the installation program in Figure 2.1.

6. Click on Next to proceed to the next step.

7. You can now select the folder that you wish to install the files in. On the next screen, you can choose an existing folder or create a new folder for the program icons to be place in.

8. On the Select Components view, you can specify the COM port setting by selecting the appropriate radio button, as shown in Figure 2.2:

Figure 2.1

Page 24: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX 2-5

9. Follow the on-screen instructions to proceed with installation. You need to copy ICARUS license files as requested by the installation program in Figure 2.3.

Figure 2.2

Figure 2.3

2-5

Page 25: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

2-6 Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX

2-6

10. Click on Yes to copy the files and specify A:\ as the destination folder, as shown in Figure 2.4:

11. Proceed to finish the rest of the installation.

2.3 Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX

The following instructions are written assuming installation on Windows 2000/NT 4.0 or Windows 95/98.

The HYSYS installation program creates files only in the directory specified to it during the installation setup procedure.

1. Shut down all other operating Windows programs on the computer before starting the installation process.

2. Insert the HYSYS software CD into the CD-ROM drive of the computer.

3. From the Start Menu, select Run

4. In the Run dialog box, type: d:\setup.exe and click on the OK button (where d: corresponds to the drive letter of the CD-ROM drive).

Figure 2.4

Note that for computers which have the CD-ROM Autorun feature enabled, steps #3 and #4 will be automatically performed.

Page 26: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX 2-7

5. Select “Prcoess” or “Plant” to install either of these products. You must have a valid Product Install Code to install any selected product.

6. Follow the on-screen instructions to proceed with installation. The Product Install Code (PIC) requested by the installation program is located on a sticker affixed to the CD case. The PIC controls whether a “Standalone Key” version (see Section 2.4 - The Standalone Key Version of HYSYS) or “Network Key” version (see Section 2.5 - The Network Key Version of HYSYS) is installed.

Figure 2.5

Figure 2.6

2-7

Page 27: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

2-8 Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX

2-8

7. On the Select Setup Type screen, the destination of the files being installed may be chosen by clicking the Browse button. To ensure that Economix is going to be included in the installation, select the Custom radio button.

8. On the next screen, ensure that the HYSYS.Economix check box is activated. If this is not selected, Economix will not be installed.

Figure 2.7

Figure 2.8

At this point in the installation, the security feature will check to see if ICARUS has been previously installed. If the ICARUS software is not found, a warning message will appear stating that ICARUS must be installed prior to the installation of HYSYS.Economix. The installation process for HYSYS.Economix will then end so that you may install the ICARUS software.

Page 28: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX 2-9

2.4 The Standalone Key Version of HYSYS

The standalone key version of HYSYS checks for the presence of a GREEN AEA Technology hardware security key on the serial (COM) port of the computer running the software. If you are using a BEIGE Rainbow Technologies Inc. NetSentinel-C security key refer to Section 2.5 - The Network Key Version of HYSYS.

Connecting the Security Device

The arrow on the label indicates the proper orientation of the key (the arrow must point towards the computer). The key can be plugged into either a 9-pin or 25-pin serial port. AEA Technology ships a 9 to 25-pin converter with the key but a standard modem cable can also be used.

The ports on the rear of many PCs are unlabelled. For the serial ports (9 or 25-pin) the "pins" of the connector are visible. For the parallel port and the video port where the monitor is plugged in, a "socket" type connector can be seen. To prevent damage, all equipment should be switched off when connecting/disconnecting devices from ports on the computer.

The security key has limited pass-through capabilities. Certain other serial peripherals may be connected to the back of the key to allow non-concurrent use of the security key and the peripheral. Do not plug a serial mouse into the back of the key. The mouse will operate, but HYSYS will be unable to find the key.

2.4.1 HYSYS (with ECONOMIX) Installation to a Network Server

If HYSYS is to be run on a relatively large number of computers, it may be advantageous to install the software on a network server rather than on individual computer hard disks.

The disadvantage of installing the software on a network server is that HYSYS startup will be slower as the program is loaded over the network from the hard disk of the server into the memory on the local computer.

Do not plug a serial mouse into the back of the green AEA Technology security key.

The following discussion is optional and applies to both the standalone key and network key versions of HYSYS.

Except for the fact that it searches for a security key on the network, rather than on a serial port of the local computer, the network key version of HYSYS is identical to the standalone key version.

2-9

Page 29: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

2-10 The Standalone Key Version of HYSYS

2-10

Installing HYSYS onto a server follows exactly the same process as outlined in the previous section. Simply choose the network drive instead of the local drive when on the Select Components screen. To prevent accidental modification or deletion of files, it is recommended that HYSYS users be allowed read-only access to the software. Each HYSYS user should then configure an individual preferences file as follows and store that file on their local hard disk (or write-enabled network drive).

To run HYSYS on users’ computers,

1. Create a shortcut to HYSYS.EXE (on the desktop or in the Start menu).

2. Set the Start In directory to a directory on the local hard disk (e.g. C:\AEA Technology\HYSYS). On startup, HYSYS will search this directory for the user's preferences file (HYSYS.PRF).

3. In this directory, create the subdirectories CASES, PAKS and USER.

4. Start HYSYS and, from the menu bar, select Tools, then Preferences.

5. Go to the Files tab of the Session Preferences view and select Locations.

6. Configure the Default Files and Paths as is shown in the accompanying Figure 2.9. These are suggestions only and some modification may be required depending on the circumstances.

7. Select the Save Preference Set button, and direct the file save operation to the HYSYS working directory on the local disk.

Figure 2.9

Page 30: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX 2-11

2.4.2 Potential Problems Starting the Standalone Key Version of HYSYS

HYSYS displays the message "Error X: This Security Key has an Invalid Serial Number. (Error sub-code X)"

The HYSYS software is coded to operate with either a single security key or a group of security keys in use at your organization. Check the Product Install Code label on the CD case for the number of the security key for which the Product Install Code was produced. If the security key number on the label matches that on the key being used, contact AEA Technology for resolution of the problem.

If the security key number on the label does not match that of the key, but you believe that this key is one of a group of keys that are interchangeable, contact AEA Technology for resolution of the problem. When contacting AEA Technology, provide both the security key number and the Product Install Code.

HYSYS displays "Error X: Cannot find a Security Key on a serial port of this computer. (Error sub-code X)".

Use the following checklist to diagnose the problem:

1. Check that the green AEA Technology security key is correctly connected to the serial port of the computer.

The arrow on the key must point towards the computer. If it is pointing away from the computer, it is plugged into the parallel port (connecting the key to the parallel port may de-program the key).

While the key can connect directly to a 25-pin serial port, a converter (supplied with the key) is required to attach the key to a 9-pin serial port. A standard external modem cable can also be used for this purpose. Consider the possibility that the fault lies in the cable, if one is being used.

2. Ensure that a serial mouse is not plugged into the back of the key. The mouse will work, but HYSYS will not find the security key.

3. Check for another operating Windows program that is configured to use the serial port. There does not need to be an external device (e.g. modem) actually connected to the port for this to be the problem. A recurring problem which fits this description is monopolization of the serial port by the “hotlink” software for personal digital assistants (PDA) like the Palm Pilot.

2-11

Page 31: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

2-12 The Standalone Key Version of HYSYS

2-12

4. If HYSYS still cannot see the security key, the two possibilities that remain are that the key has been de-programmed (they are quite robust and this rarely occurs) or the serial port of the computer is non-functional (disabled, misconfigured or suffering from a hardware problem).

If the opportunity exists, this is a good time to install the software and key on another computer(s). If HYSYS still cannot see the key on a second computer, there is a good possibility that the key is non-functional.

Another valid test is to check the key on another computer that has other AEA Technology software installed that also uses the same kind of key (most AEA Technology "standalone" software uses the same green hardware key). Even if not configured to work with this new key, the software will display an error message making it obvious whether or not the key was found. If the key is found by the software, the error message will be similar to “Invalid Serial Number” or “This security key is not licensed to run this program.” If the software does not see the key, the error message will be of the form, “Could not find security device.” If the key cannot be found by AEA Technology software on several computers, you should contact AEA Technology Technical Support for further information.

If HYSYS is able to see the security key on another computer, then the problem on the first computer lies with the serial port. Contact your company’s IT personnel for assistance in solving this problem. Because these problems are machine specific, AEA Technology's Technical Support staff can be of limited assistance. These cases and are best handled by on-site personnel.

Security Key Tips for IT Personnel

An excellent test (Win 2000/NT/98/95) to determine if the serial port is functional is to disconnect the normally used mouse and attach a serial mouse to the port. If Windows reports that a mouse could not be found on startup, then the port is not working. If Windows does find the mouse, the port itself may still be disabled, preventing its use by other peripherals, so that needs to be checked (in the CMOS setup). Windows will "override the disable" on the port if it finds a mouse there.

It is not a valid test to disconnect a working serial mouse on a powered-up Windows computer, connect the security key in its place, and start HYSYS. Windows will still be holding the port for exclusive use by the mouse, so HYSYS will not find the key in this situation. To test the key on a serial port which normally services a serial mouse, restart the computer with the key in place of the

Page 32: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX 2-13

mouse. Use keyboard commands to initiate HYSYS (Ctrl-Esc opens the "Start" menu, then use the arrow keys to manoeuvre through the menus, and Enter to select the software).

As portable computers become more prevalent, a recurring problem reported to AEA Technology Technical Support involves the infrared (IR) communications port common to many portables. Most portables can have either the single serial port OR the IR port enabled, but not both. Check the CMOS setup or the manufacturer's configuration utility to confirm that the serial port is enabled and the IR port disabled.

5. Very rarely, the key and the serial port are proven to be working properly, but HYSYS is still unable to find the key. In this instance, try starting the software with a command line option that tells it on which COM port the key is located. Open Windows Explorer and navigate to the HYSYS directory. Right-click on HYSYS.EXE and select "Create Shortcut" from the menu. Once the shortcut has been created, right-click on it and select "Properties" from the menu. Go to the "Shortcut" page and modify the "Target:" to the format:

"C:\Program Files\AEA Technology\HYSYS\HYSYS.EXE" -c2

The path may be different on your computer. Note the location of the double-quotes required because of the space in "Program Files". Use -c1 for COM1, etc. Initiate HYSYS by double-clicking on the shortcut. The main HYSYS item in the Windows Start Menu is also a shortcut, located in the Windows directory. This shortcut can be modified instead, if desired.

6. If all else fails, the addition of a very inexpensive serial expander card may be the solution to the problem (for desktop computers, of course). This has solved several unexplained problems in accessing what appear to be perfectly functional on-board serial ports.

2-13

Page 33: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

2-14 The Network Key Version of HYSYS

2-14

2.5 The Network Key Version of HYSYS

The network version of HYSYS uses a BEIGE Rainbow Technologies Inc. NetSentinel-C security key to allow centralized management of licenses required to run the application. The key is attached to the parallel port of a computer on the network (the "keyserver" computer). Keyserver software is run on that computer to manage requests from HYSYS users on the network for access to licenses on the key. If you are using a GREEN AEA Technology hardware security key refer to Section 2.4 - The Standalone Key Version of HYSYS.

On program startup, the network key version of HYSYS inquires from the keyserver computer over the network if a license is available. If a license is available, it is allocated to that user, and the number of available licenses on the key is decreased by one.

2.5.1 Quick Start - Using the Network Key in Local Mode

A useful feature with the network key version of HYSYS is the ability to use the network key as a "standalone" (single-user) HYSYS key. That is, the key can be used to enable the operation of HYSYS on a single computer. No network connection or keyserver software is required.

On Windows 2000/NT computers, it is necessary to install the NetSentinel System Driver Software - see Section - Install the NetSentinel System Driver Software for more information.

Once the network key is attached to the parallel port of the computer, start the network key version of HYSYS with the command line option "-local" to enable local mode. To do this perform the following steps.

Except for the fact that it searches for a security key on the network, rather than on a serial port of the local computer, the network key version of HYSYS is identical to the standalone key version. Because of the added complexity involved in setting up the central resource that manages the multi-user network key, it is recommended that the setup of the network key version of HYSYS be undertaken by your organization's IT personnel.

Page 34: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX 2-15

1. Open the Windows Explorer and navigate to the HYSYS directory.

2. Right-click on HYSYS.EXE and select Create Shortcut from the menu.

3. Once the shortcut has been created, right-click on it and select Properties from the menu.

4. Go to the Shortcut page and modify the Target to the format:

“C:\Program Files\AEA Technology\HYSYS\HYSYS.EXE" -local

The path may be different on your computer. Note the locations of the double-quotes required because of the space between “Program” and “Files”. If there are no spaces in the path name quotes are not required.

Initiate HYSYS in local mode by double-clicking on the shortcut. The main HYSYS item in the Windows Start Menu is also a shortcut, located in the Windows directory. This shortcut can be modified instead, if desired.

2.5.2 Setting Up the Network Key for Normal Operation

The following discussion assumes the use of a Windows 2000/NT/98/95 computer as the “keyserver computer” (the computer with the network key attached to it). For other operating systems, please consult the Rainbow Technologies website at http://www.rainbow.com.

Because the keyserver computer must be operational for HYSYS users to run their software, the best choice for the keyserver computer is a one that is left on continually. The most trouble-free installation will result from a keyserver computer used only for the keyserver function. This avoids conflicts with other software.

Note that the keyserver computer does not need to be a powerful or fast computer. The powerful personal computer of a HYSYS user is one of the poorer choices for the keyserver computer. This computer can be switched off behind locked doors for the weekend, rebooted after lockup in another software program (terminating HYSYS users), or require reconfiguration to suit the needs of a new software program, causing difficulties for existing programs (like the keyserver software).

2-15

Page 35: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

2-16 The Network Key Version of HYSYS

2-16

Install the Key on the Key Server Computer

To avoid damage to the computer or key, the computer should be powered down before installation of the network key. Install the key on the parallel port (printer port) of the computer that will be performing the keyserver function. The key has an arrow on it, indicating which end should be plugged into the computer.

It is possible to cascade two or more Rainbow NetSentinel-C keys on the same port if those two keys have different family codes. The family code is an identifier burned into the key by the manufacturer. A utility program from Rainbow Technologies for interrogating a NetSentinel-C key for the family code is available from AEA Technology Technical Support ([email protected]).

Install the NetSentinel System Driver Software

The Rainbow NetSentinel System Driver software is required only on computers that have the network key attached. This will generally be only the keyserver computer, but could include computers on which HYSYS is run in "local" mode (see Section 2.5.1 - Quick Start - Using the Network Key in Local Mode). The System Driver software enables communication with the key, either by the keyserver software or by HYSYS itself, when run in "local" mode.

Windows 2000/NT computers require the System Driver software. On Windows 98/95, the System Driver software may or may not be required. Try operation without the System Driver software, but if the keyserver software or HYSYS in local mode is unable to find the key, load the System Driver software as the first diagnostic step.

To install the System Driver software on Windows 2000/NT, run SETUPX86.EXE located in the \NETDISK\DRIVERS\WIN_NT subdirectory of the HYSYS software CD.

To install the System Driver software on Windows 98/95, run SSNTW9X.EXE located in the \NETDISK\DRIVERS\WIN_9X subdirectory of the HYSYS software CD.

Page 36: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX 2-17

Install and Run the NetSentinel Keyserver Software

There are two choices of keyserver software that can be run on the keyserver computer. Do not run both of them. The following table describes the capabilities of each.

To Install NSRVGX.EXE

1. Copy NSRVGX.EXE from the \NETDISK\SERVERS\WIN32 subdirectory of the HYSYS software CD to a location on the hard disk of the keyserver computer.

2. Execute NSRVGX.EXE. The following table lists all available command line options. NSRVGX.EXE displays a copyright message as it loads. The program will load minimized. To view connection information, maximize the server.

3. To unload NSRVGX.EXE, close the program.

KeyServer Software Configuration

NSRVGX.EXE

Can be run on Windows 2000/NT/98/95.

Concurrently supposts TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, NetBIOSand NetBEUI as network protocals.

Provides an interface screen indicating usage oflicenses

NSSRVICE.EXE

Can be run on Windows 2000/NT.

Concurrently supposts TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, NetBIOSand NetBEUI as network protocals.

Because it runs as a service, it does not require anetwork logon of the computer.

Does NOT provide an interface screen indicatingusage of licenses.

Known problems with NSRVGX.

• The directory path to NSRVGX cannot contain spaces, or the applicationwill fail to start, displaying “ERROR: Extra command line parameterignored...”.

• On Windows 98/95 computers, the screen-saver must be disabled toprevent a conflict resulting in extremely slow performance by thekeyserver software

2-17

Page 37: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

2-18 The Network Key Version of HYSYS

2-18

NSRVGX.EXE Command Line Options

Option Description

/BI:<mask>

Overrides the default "Find_Server" UDP broadcastmask to limit the search over TCP/IP to within aspecified subnet mask. (The default is set at255.255.255.255.)

/DN:<name> Changes the server's department name fromNETINEL to <name>.

/H:<nnn>

Sets the maximum number of licenses that can be inuse at any one time on this server to <nnn>. Thedefault is 150.

Your effective license limit is the smaller of (1) thenumber you set here and (2) the sum of the limits ofthe keys connected to this server. Specifying a limithigher than what the attached keys support has noeffect. Specifying a limit lower than what theattached keys support effectively disables somelicenses.

/MS:<nnn>

Sets the maximum number of servers running thisserver's department name and using this server'sprotocol to <nnn>. The indicated value ranges from 1to 5, and is used to determine the range of servernames. A value of 5, for example, causes servers tobe named NETINEL0 through NETINEL4.

/N:<name>

Sets the name displayed by the monitor for thisserver to <name>. The default is your computer'sEthernet address (NetBIOS) or IPX node number(NetWare).

/Q Suppresses the copyright message when the serveris being loaded.

/RI:<num>Defines the number of retry operations whensearching for servers running over TCP/IP. Thedefault is 3.

/SI:<nnnn>

Sets the number of threads devoted to handlingTCP/IP clients to <nnnn>. Values range from 0 to 4;the default is 4. Specifying /SI:0 disables all TCP/IPsupport.

/SL:<nnnn> Defines the number of entries in the sub-licensetable. Applies to the NetSentinel-C only.

/SN:<nnnn>

Sets the number of threads devoted to handlingNetBIOS/NetBEUI clients to <nnnn>. Values rangefrom 0 to 4; the default is 4. Specifying /SN:0disables all NetBIOS/NetBEUI support.

/ST

Enables strict license time-out enforcement. If thisoption is set, active licenses are immediatelyrevoked and made available for reuse if no query isperformed within the key's configured time-outinterval. Subsequent use of the handle yields anerror. By default, a timed-out license is revoked onlyif a handle is requested and no other licenses areavailable.

Page 38: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX 2-19

To Install NSSRVICE.EXE

1. Copy NSSRVICE.EXE from the directory \NETDISK\SERVERS\WIN32 to the Windows NT\System32 directory.

2. To install the service, run the NSSRVICE.EXE executable with "/i" command line option, i.e. NSSRVICE /i.

3. After installation, a registry entry for the NetSentinel service is created under:

KEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services

4. By default, the service is configured to run automatically the next time the system is restarted. No user logon is required, unless desired. Configuration can be made via Control Panel -> Services-> NetSentinel.

Service Event Logging

Status information pertaining to this service is reported to the application log. Upon successful startup of the service, information such as server version, protocol stacks, and available keys is logged as two separate events in the application log. Access Event Viewer in the Administrator Tools group to view this information.

/SW<nnnn>

Sets the number of threads devoted to handling IPX/SPX (NWLINK) clients to <nnnn>. Values range from0 to 4; the default is 4. Specifying /SW:0 disables allIPX/SPX (NWLINK) support.

/W:<password>

Sets a password of up to 12 characters. If the serveris set with a password option, that password will berequired by the monitor, whenever licenses are beingdeleted. If the server is not set to require a password,the server will delete all licenses from the monitorwithout requiring a password.

/TI:<num>Sets the timeout value in seconds for each retryoperation when searching for servers running overTCP/IP. The default is 5.

Option Description

2-19

Page 39: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

2-20 The Network Key Version of HYSYS

2-20

NSSRVICE.EXE Command Line Options

(used when installing the service in addition to “/i”).

Option Description

/BI:<mask>

Overrides the default "Find_Server" UDP broadcastmask to limit the search over TCP/IP to within aspecified subnet mask. (The default is set at255.255.255.255).

/DN:<name> Changes the server's department name fromNETINEL to <name>.

/H:<nnn>

Sets the maximum number of licenses that can be inuse at any one time on this server to <nnn>. Thedefault is 150.

Your effective license limit is the smaller of (1) thenumber you set here and (2) the sum of the limits ofthe keys connected to this server. Specifying a limithigher than what the attached keys support has noeffect. Specifying a limit lower than what theattached keys support effectively disables somelicenses.

/MS:<nnn>

Sets the maximum number of servers running in thisserver's department name and using this server'sprotocol to <nnn>. The indicated value ranges from 1to 5, and is used to determine the range of servernames. A value of 5, for example, causes servers tobe named NETINEL0 through NETINEL4.

/N:<name>

Sets the name displayed by the monitor for thisserver to <name>. The default is your computer'sEthernet address (NetBIOS) or IPX node number(NetWare).

/RI:<num>Defines the number of retry operations whensearching for servers running over TCP/IP. Thedefault is 3.

/SI:<nnnn>

Sets the number of threads devoted to handlingTCP/IP clients to <nnnn>. Values range from 0 to 4;the default is 4. Specifying /SI:0 disables all TCP/IPsupport.

/SL:<nnnn> Defines the number of entries in the sub-licensetable. Applies to the NetSentinel-C only.

/SN:<nnnn>

Sets the number of threads devoted to handlingNetBIOS/NetBEUI clients to <nnnn>. Values rangefrom 0 to 4; the default is 4. Specifying /SN:0disables all NetBIOS/NetBEUI support.

/ST

Enables strict license time-out enforcement. If thisoption is set, active licenses are immediatelyrevoked and made available for reuse if no query isperformed within the key's configured time-outinterval. Subsequent use of the handle yields anerror. By default, a timed-out license is revoked onlyif a handle is requested and no other licenses areavailable.

Page 40: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX 2-21

2.5.3 HYSYS (with ECONOMIX) Installation to a Network Server

If HYSYS is to be run on a relatively large number of computers, it may be advantageous to install the software on a network server rather than on individual computer hard disks.

The disadvantage of installing the software on a network server is that HYSYS startup will be slower as the program is loaded over the network from the hard disk of the server into the memory on the local computer.

Installing HYSYS onto a server follows exactly the same process as outlined in the previous section. Simply choose the network drive instead of the local drive when on the Select Components screen. To prevent accidental modification or deletion of files, it is recommended that HYSYS users be allowed read-only access to the software. Each HYSYS user should then configure an individual preferences file as follows and store that file on their local hard disk (or write-enabled network drive).

/SW:<nnnn>

Sets the number of threads devoted to handling IPX/SPX (NWLINK) clients to <nnnn>. Values range from0 to 4; the default is 4. Specifying /SW:0 disables allIPX/SPX (NWLINK) support.

/W:<password>

Lets a password of up to 12 characters. If the serveris set with a password option, that password will berequired by the monitor, whenever licenses are beingdeleted. If the server is not set to require a password,the server will delete all licenses from the monitorwithout requiring a password.

/TI:<num>Sets the timeout value in seconds for each retryoperation when searching for servers running overTCP/IP. The default is 5.

S/I Installs the service.

/U Uninstalls the service.

/V Displays the version number

Option Description

The following discussion is optional and applies to both the standalone key and network key versions of HYSYS.

Except for the fact that it searches for a security key on the network, rather than on a serial port of the local computer, the network key version of HYSYS is identical to the standalone key version.

2-21

Page 41: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

2-22 The Network Key Version of HYSYS

2-22

To run HYSYS on users’ computers,

1. Create a shortcut to HYSYS.EXE (on the desktop or in the Start menu).

2. Set the Start In directory to a directory on the local hard disk (e.g. C:\AEA Technology\HYSYS). On startup, HYSYS will search this directory for the user's preferences file (HYSYS.PRF).

3. In this directory, create the subdirectories CASES, PAKS and USER.

4. Start HYSYS and, from the menu bar, select Tools, then Preferences.

5. Go to the Files tab of the Session Preferences view and select Locations.

6. Configure the Default Files and Paths as is shown in the accompanying Figure 2.10. These are suggestions only and some modification may be required depending on the circumstances.

7. Select the Save Preference Set button, and direct the file save operation to the HYSYS working directory on the local disk.

Figure 2.10

Page 42: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX 2-23

2.5.4 Potential Problems Running the Network Key Version of HYSYS

While using TCP/IP as the network communications protocol, HYSYS.Network is unable to connect to the network security key.

Unless directed to do otherwise, HYSYS generates a general broadcast message on startup, in search of the keyserver computer. Depending on the IP address of client and keyserver computer, broadcast mask in use and router configuration on the network, this general broadcast message may not be received at the keyserver computer. To resolve this problem, HYSYS can be configured to send a directed message to the IP address of the keyserver. To do this, create a text file called HYSYS.INI in the main HYSYS directory (e.g. C:\Program Files\AEA Technology\HYSYS) containing the following two lines (making the appropriate IP address substitution).

[RainbowKey]BroadcastAddress=192.139.200.134

Note the square brackets on the first line and the lack of any spaces on the second line. This fix will not impact on WINMON's (the monitor tool installed with the network key version of HYSYS) failure to communicate with a network keyserver.

While using IPX/SPX as the network communications protocol, HYSYS.Network is unable to connect to the network security key.

Check to see if routers between the client and keyserver computer are filtering SAP broadcast messages with an ID of 0361.

There is a suspicion that other operating copies of the keyserver software on the network are interfering with the ability of HYSYS.Network to connect to its network key.

Unless directed to do otherwise via a command line option, the keyserver software initiates with the default "department name" of NETINEL.

2-23

Page 43: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

2-24 The Network Key Version of HYSYS

2-24

It is necessary for each keyserver to have a unique identifier. To ensure this, the keyserver software broadcasts a message on startup requesting that like-department-named keyservers respond. If no other keyservers respond, an initiating copy of the keyserver software using the default "NETINEL" department name would take the unique name NETINEL0. If a previously operating NETINEL0 had responded to the broadcast message generated by this copy of the keyserver software on startup, this second keyserver would have taken the name NETINEL1.

There can be a maximum of five keyservers with the same department name visible to each other on the network (the defaults would be NETINEL0 - NETINEL4). Unless directed to do otherwise, when HYSYS initiates, it begins its search for its network key by interrogating NETINEL0, followed by NETINEL1 and so on up to NETINEL4.

The network key technology used by HYSYS is used by other non-AEA Technology software. It is possible that another "NETINEL" named keyserver cannot be added to the network for use with the HYSYS key because there are already five operating keyservers. It is also possible (although unlikely) that some configuration issue on the network allows, for example, a NETINEL0 keyserver to be initiated servicing the HYSYS key while at the same time there is a pre-existing NETINEL0 keyserver servicing another key on the network.

To move away from the default "NETINEL" department name for HYSYS.Network, modifications must be made to the keyserver software, the monitor software (WINMON.EXE) and to HYSYS itself.

Use the command line option "/dn:" to specify a non-default department name for the keyserver software on startup.

The easiest way to reconfigure WINMON.EXE to search for non-default department-named keyservers is to directly edit the configuration file MAPFILE.TXT.

To direct HYSYS to search for non-default named keyservers, create a text file called HYSYS.INI in the main HYSYS directory (e.g. C:\Program Files\AEA Technology\HYSYS) containing the following two lines (making the appropriate substitution for the work "HYSYS", if desired).

[RainbowKey]DepartmentName=HYSYS

Page 44: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Installing HYSYS with ECONOMIX 2-25

Note the square brackets on the first line and the lack of any spaces on the second line. Multiple entries can be make in the [RainbowKey] section of the HYSYS.INI file, as follows.

[RainbowKey]DepartmentName=HYSYSBroadcastAddress=192.139.200.134

HYSYS displays the message "Error X: No more users are allowed on this Network Security key or there are no valid operating AEA Technology network Security Keys. Use one of the supplied Rainbow Technologies key monitoring programs for further information. (Error sub-code -10)"

Other software also uses the third-party network keys used with HYSYS. Every AEA Technology NetSentinel-C key has an Algorithm ID of 498D (one of the parameters displayed in the WINMON interface). When HYSYS started up and searched on the network for operating copies of the keyserver software, it found one of two possible things.

1. It didn't find any copies of the keyserver software that were servicing 498D keys, but it did find one or more that were servicing non-498D keys.

2. It did find a 498D key, but all of the licenses on the key were in use.

HYSYS displays the message "Error X: Cannot find a Security Key Server on the network. No operating copies of the necessary Security Key Software can be found. (Error sub-code -12)

When HYSYS started up, it looked for operating copies of the appropriately department-named keyserver software on the network, but didn't find any. Running WINMON.EXE at this point, on the same computer, should yield the same results, assuming that HYSYS and WINMON are configured to search for keyservers of the same “department name.” Check the first two items in this trouble-shooting section for reasons as to why this may be happening.

2-25

Page 45: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

2-26 The Network Key Version of HYSYS

2-26

HYSYS displays the message "Error X: A AEA Technology network Security Key was found that has an Invalid Serial Number. No more licenses were available on other valid AEA Technology network Security Keys. Use one of the supplied Rainbow Technologies key monitoring programs for further information. (Error sub-code -14)"

HYSYS found a 498D (AEA Technology) key, gained a license on it, interrogated the key to ensure that the key was coded for operation with this software, discovered that was not the case, released the license on that key, went looking for another, and didn't find one.

HYSYS displays the message "Error X: Invalid Network Protocol selection for connection to the network Security Key. (Error sub-code -19)"

If operating HYSYS in "local" mode, ensure that the "NetSentinel System Driver Software" has been installed. If operating in normal network mode, this error message indicates that HYSYS is unable access the network protocols on the computer.

Page 46: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Interface 3-1

3 Interface

3-1

3.1 Interface Basics............................................................................................ 3

3.1.1 Windows Functionality ............................................................................. 33.1.2 Primary Interface Elements...................................................................... 33.1.3 Objects ..................................................................................................... 4

Reports Output Data Property View ................................................................ 73.1.5 Interface Terminology............................................................................. 103.1.6 The Property View ................................................................................. 133.1.7 Selecting Items ...................................................................................... 15

3.2 Manoeuvring Through the Interface ......................................................... 15

3.2.1 Hot Keys - <Alt><Key>........................................................................... 153.2.2 Moving Through a View ......................................................................... 163.2.3 Supplying Input ...................................................................................... 173.2.4 Editing Input ........................................................................................... 223.2.5 Closing Views......................................................................................... 23

Page 47: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

3-2

3-2

Page 48: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Interface 3-3

3.1 Interface Basics

3.1.1 Windows FunctionalityECONOMIX has the same basic features as found in other Windows 95/98 or NT 4.0 based programs.

• Minimize , Maximize/Restore and Close buttons located in theupper right corner of most views.

• Close box located in the upper left corner of most views, whichcontains the normal Windows 3.x menu.

Most of the different views which are found in ECONOMIX are resizable to some degree. The following list provides a brief description on resizable views:

• Minimize , Maximize/Restore and Close buttons available -view can be resized vertically and horizontally

• Minimize and Close button available - view can be resizedvertically only

• Close button or Close and Pin buttons available - view cannotbe resized.

3.1.2 Primary Interface ElementsAlthough information can be supplied and accessed a variety of ways, there are four primary interface elements for interacting with ECONOMIX.

• The PFD is a graphical environment for building your Flowsheetand examining process connectivity. Process information canbe displayed for each individual stream or operation as needed.

• The Basis Input Data property view which contains multipletabs wherein you can supply the necessary information toperform the rating and economic calculations for the project.

• The Reports Output Data property view which containsmultiple tabs and pages which display the results of thecalculations that were carried out based on informationcontained on the Basis Input Data property view.

3-3

Page 49: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

3-4 Interface Basics

3-4

3.1.3 ObjectsThe term Object is used extensively throughout the documentation to refer to an individual stream or operation. Within ECONOMIX, information associated with an object can be displayed in a variety of ways (Workbook, PFD, Property View, etc.). Through the object oriented design of ECONOMIX, the information displayed by each interface element is tied to the same underlying object. The result is that if a parameter changes in the Flowsheet it is automatically updated in every location.

Associated with the display of information is the procedure of Object Inspection. Displays of an object (for example an icon in a PFD) are tied to appropriate commands for that object, i.e., printing, direct access to a property view, etc. On the following pages we will illustrate how the pieces and capabilities of the ECONOMIX interface work together.

On the following pages the major interface elements of ECONOMIX, with some of the time saving features built into each, are discussed. Each of these elements can be opened simultaneously, and offer different representations of the same information. No matter where you are working - supplying information or installing new streams or operations - every interface element automatically updates with the new

Page 50: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Interface 3-5

PFD View

Figure 3.1

Throughout the ECONOMIX interface, user specified values appear in blue, and calculated values appear in black.

Double click on any icon toopen its Property View.

Object Inspect the PFD by clicking with the secondarymouse button on an empty area of the PFD.

Object Inspect any operation or streamicon, by clicking the secondary mousebutton, to access a menu of options.

You can print the PFD from theObject Inspection menu.

3-5

Page 51: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

3-6 Interface Basics

3-6

Project Input Data Property View

Figure 3.2

The Status message shows the currentstatus of the economic calculations.

The tabs provide a logical grouping ofinformation in the form of pages or radio buttons.

The pages list different views thatare available on the current tab.

Page 52: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Interface 3-7

Reports Output Data Property View

Figure 3.3

Takes you to the ProjectInput Data property view.

The tabs provide a logical grouping ofinformation in the form of pages.

3-7

Page 53: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

3-8 Interface Basics

3-8

3.1.4 DeskTopThe figure below shows the basic components of the ECONOMIX DeskTop:

The main features of the DeskTop are:

Figure 3.4

Menu Bar Button BarTitle Bar Environment/Mode Label

Object Status Status Bar Trace Window Scroll Bar

Object Definition

Title Bar Indicates the ECONOMIX file currently loaded.

Menu Bar Provides access to common Flowsheet commandsthrough a drop down menu system.

Button Bar Contains various buttons which invoke a specificcommand when pressed.

Environment/ModeLabel

Indicates the environment and mode in which youare currently working.

Status Bar

When the mouse pointer is placed over a button inthe Button Bar, the Object Palette, or a PropertyView, a brief description of its function is displayed inthe Status Bar. The Status Bar also displays solverstatus information.

Scroll Bar Scrolls vertically (in the above case) through theTrace Window.

Page 54: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Interface 3-9

Button Bar

The buttons on the Button Bar provide immediate access to the most common commands, which are also available as Menu items. The following is a sample of the buttons found on the various Button Bars.

Object StatusWindow/TraceWindow

The Object Status Window (left pane) shows currentstatus messages for Flowsheet objects while theTrace Window (right pane) displays Solverinformation. The windows can be resized vertically orhorizontally by clicking and dragging the windowsframes located between or above them.

Object DefinitionFor more details on the Object Status Window or Trace Window, refer to Chapter 5.4 - Object Status Window/Trace Window in the HYSYS User’s Guide.

Name View Description

New CaseCreate a new case.

Open CaseLocate and open an existing case.

Save CaseSave the active case.

Run All PhasesRuns all the phases on the Project InputData property view.

Run to NextPhase

Runs one phase at a time on the ProjectInput Data property view.

Reset AllPhases

Resets all the phases to their default values.

PFDOpen the PFD for the current Flowsheet.

Home View/EnterEconomics

Enters the ECONOMIX environment (if youare not currently in it). If you are already inthe ECONOMIX environment, this buttonopens the Project Input Data propertyview.

LeaveEconomicsEnvironment

Exits the ECONOMIX environment andtakes you into the HYSYS SimulationEnvironment.

3-9

Page 55: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

3-10 Interface Basics

3-10

Some additional things to note about the ECONOMIX DeskTop:

• When the mouse pointer is placed over a button, its descriptivename pops up below the pointer and a flyby function isdisplayed in the status bar.

• The DeskTop itself has both a vertical and horizontal scroll bar.These are automatically created when necessary.

3.1.5 Interface Terminology

Figure 3.5

Accept and Cancelbuttons (for Edit Barinput)

Edit Bar Unit Box

Scroll Bar

Input Cell

Button Tabs Phase Status

ScrollButton

Drop Down List

Page 56: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Interface 3-11

The following terminology is used to describe the various ECONOMIX interface elements.

Term Definition

ViewAny graphical representation found on theDeskTop, for example, a Property View for anoperation.

Button Invokes a command when pressed.

Pin

Is usually found in place of the Minimize andMaximizes/Restore buttons in the upper righthand corner of the property view. This Pinconverts a Modal Property View to a Non-ModalProperty View.

Tabs Provides a logical grouping of information in theform of pages.

Pages Provides access to detailed information regardingthe selected object.

Drop Down List A list of available options for a given input cell.

Scroll Bar Provides access to information which cannot bedisplayed in the current size of a menu or view.

Scroll Button Part of the Scroll Bar, allowing you to slide the listup or down, or left or right.

Input Cell

Location in a View for supplying or viewinginformation, e.g. temperatures, pressure, etc. Inmany cases, it has a drop down list associatedwith it.

Edit BarLocated at the top of the view, and is used forentering or selecting input. The input can be anumber or text.

Unit BoxAssociated with the Edit Bar, this provides a dropdown list of units which are applicable for thecurrent input cell.

Object Status

Each property view shows the status of theassociated object with a coloured background(red for a missing parameter, yellow for a warningmessage and green for OK).

Icon A minimized view. Double clicking on one opensthe view.

Close BoxEither closes the view (double clicking), orproduces a drop down menu of commonWindows commands.

Radio Button Always found in groups of at least two; only onecan be active at a time.

Check BoxItems or settings which are On or Off. Selectingthe box will turn the function On. Selecting itagain turns it Off.

Minimize/Maximize Either iconize the current view (minimize), orexpand a view to its full size.

Active HighlightedLocation

The current active location is always indicated byhighlighting.

3-11

Page 57: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

3-12 Interface Basics

3-12

Active View/Active Location

Although several views can be displayed on the Desktop at any time, only one view is Active or has Focus. This is indicated by the view’s title bar being highlighted. Within that view, there is again only one location that is Active. Depending on the location of the “focus” (cell, button, etc.) the exact form of the highlighting can vary. In the previous view, (Figure 3.5), an example of an Active Location is shown, the input cell for Design Pressure Adder has the focus in this case.

Group BoxOrganizational border within a page that groupsrelated functions together. Each group box hasits own active location.

MatrixA group of cells through which you canmanoeuvre with the mouse or keyboard arrowkeys.

Term Definition

Figure 3.6

Pages

ActiveHighlightedLocation

RadioButton

Highlighted Tab

Group Box Matrix Minimize, Maximizeand Close buttons

Page 58: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Interface 3-13

3.1.6 The Property ViewA Property View is a view that contains multiple tabs, contained within a single border. These are used extensively in ECONOMIX to allow access to all information associated with an item in a single view.

A common structure has been adopted for the Property Views. Once you have become familiar with the format and usage of one Property View, each additional one you encounter will behave and be structured in a similar manner.

One example of a typical property view is shown above in Figure 3.6.

Accessing Property Pages Via the Page Tabs

Moving between tabs can be done in several ways:

• Select the desired tab with the mouse.• Use the Hot Key combination <Ctrl><Shift><N> , which will

cycle you through the tabs (<Ctrl><Shift><P> cyclesbackwards).

• Place the mouse pointer to the direct left or right of the tabs(remaining inside the border of the property view). The cursorwill change to a ‘tab switch’ cursor which points in the directionin which the tabs will be cycled. Click the primary mouse buttonto cycle through the tabs.

Several time saving features have been built into the Property View:

• ECONOMIX will always remember which tab you were last on,returning to that tab automatically the next time you open thatview. Each Property View remembers its settingsindependently; for example, two different streams couldautomatically open to different tabs.

• There are various ways of moving from one tab to the nextincluding selecting the desired tab or by using the Hot Keycombination.

Supplying or specifying input is accomplished in a variety of manners. Some definitions and terminology will be presented in order to adequately explain the functionality and capabilities of ECONOMIX.

The mouse pointer will not change if the first or last page tab is active AND the pointer is placed to either the left or right, respectively, of the tabs.

3-13

Page 59: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

3-14 Interface Basics

3-14

Tabs

Each Property View is made up of several tabs, which are displayed at the bottom of the View. These tabs provide a logical grouping for the object information. Note that in Figure 3.6, the Plant Bulks tab is highlighted and appears to be on top of the other tabs, which indicates that it is the current tab.

Pages

In general, each tab will provide access to more than one page or view The section on the left side of the property view has the same name as the current tab. Within this section is a list of available pages, with the current page being highlighted. The information contained on a specific page may be accessed by simply selecting the page from the list. This ‘page index’ is always present for the specific tab and its appearance is not dependent upon the selection of the page.

Cells

This is a location in a view for supplying or viewing information, e.g., stream names, temperatures, etc. Cells can be present as single fields (Input Stream cell on a unit operation) or contained within a group as part of a Matrix. An example of Matrix Cells are those found in the Worksheet tab of every unit operation views.

In many cases, cells present as a single field have an associated drop down list, indicated by a down arrow next to the field. This produces a list of available options associated with that field. If the cell is in a Matrix, then the drop down list may be in the Edit Bar.

Highlight Location

The current active location is always indicated by highlighting. Typically this occurs on two levels. First, the actual view (property view for example) will have the title bar appear in a different colour than other open inactive views. Second, the active input cell will be indicated with a heavier border, and may also have the contents appear with a highlight. Figure 3.6 shows various types of highlighting. The dashed box in the Plant Areas Categories group box is one type and the enlarged size of the page tab for Plant Bulks is another highlighting indicator.

See Section 1.2.4 - Supplying Input in the HYSYS User’s Guide for a more detailed description of the Edit Bar.

Page 60: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Interface 3-15

3.1.7 Selecting ItemsSelecting refers to either picking a specific item from a list, or invoking a button command. There are four types of selecting in ECONOMIX.

3.2 Manoeuvring Through the Interface

ECONOMIX uses Windows conventions regarding interaction between the user and the application. These are described in the following sections.

3.2.1 Hot Keys - <Alt><Key>Most Labels, including the items on the Menu Bar, input cell identifiers, and Button labels, have a single letter underlined. This letter works in conjunction with the <Alt> key as a Hot Key combination, the result of which varies depending on the label type.

• For Menu Bar Items (Edit for example), pressing <Alt> <E> willopen the drop down menu under Edit.

Method Description

Selecting a cellUsing the mouse, move the cursor to thelocation and use the primary mouse button toselect.

Selecting a button

Select with the primary mouse button, or movethe focus location (using the <Tab> key or<Shift><Tab> combination) and press<Enter> .

Selecting from a dropdown menu or list

Move the focus location into the drop down,and use the mouse pointer or keyboard arrowsto highlight the selection, then press <Enter> toselect.

Multiple list selections

Press the primary mouse button and drag thecursor over the items you wish to select(provided they are all sequential in the list).Release the mouse button after you haveselected the desired items. Alternatively, youcan highlight sequential items by selecting thefirst item in the list, holding down the <Shift>key and selecting the last item in the list. If theitems are not sequential, select the first itemwith the primary mouse button and then selectadditional items with the mouse while holdingdown the <Ctrl> key.

HYSYS uses a number of Hot Keys for performing commands. For a list, refer to preface of the HYSYS User’s Guide or to the HYSYS Quick Reference Guide.

The mouse can be used to move the active location to any cell by moving the pointer over the cell and pressing the primary mouse button.

3-15

Page 61: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

3-16 Manoeuvring Through the Interface

3-16

• For Input Cell Identifiers (Name, for example), pressing<Alt><N> will move the active location directly to that input cell.

• For Buttons (Close , for example), pressing <Alt><C> willinvoke the button command.

Keep in mind that any keyboard input applies to the active view. For example, if an input cell identifier on the active view has the letter F underlined, you cannot directly open the File Menu by <Alt> <F>, as your input will be applied to the active view.

The <Alt> key by itself automatically advances the active location to the first item in the Menu Bar (File). The keyboard arrows move left and right through the row, and the down arrow opens the active menu item. If a drop down menu has underlined letters, you can invoke the command by using that letter only. For example, with the File menu open, you can Save a case by pressing the <S> key.

3.2.2 Moving Through a ViewWhen moving through a view using the keyboard functions, you will notice that each input cell and button is accessed sequentially. You can move the active location using the <Tab> (forward) and <Shift><Tab> (reverse) keys. If the active location is on a cell in a matrix, the <Tab> key will not advance you to the next cell in that matrix, but to the next active location in the view. This location may be a button or another group.

ECONOMIX indicates the active location of the cursor in a view in one of two ways:

• In the case of an input cell, the active location is indicated by athicker border around the cell.

Figure 3.7

Page 62: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Interface 3-17

• In the case of a button, the perimeter of the button will behighlighted and the label will be surrounded by a dashed box.

3.2.3 Supplying Input

Text Input

In ECONOMIX, input is required on the Basis Input Data property view. When the required input is textual there are instances where you are required to either supply the input from the keyboard (e.g. company name) by simply entering the text and pressing <Enter>, or choose the input from the Edit Bar at the top of the property view (as shown in Figure 3.5.

Figure 3.8

Shows input cell asthe Active Location

If this radio button was the active location, pressing <Tab>would advance to the General Equipment Sizing andDesign group, while <Shift><Tab> would move back to theRestore Default Basis button at the bottom of the view.

If Run All Phases was the active location, pressing<Tab> would advance the highlight to Save NewBasis button, while <Shift><Tab> would reverse thehighlight to the Run Phase button.

3-17

Page 63: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

3-18 Manoeuvring Through the Interface

3-18

Input is selected from the Edit Bar drop down list when the input is related to the ICARUS database to ensure that the naming conventions and spelling are correct (relative to ICARUS). To supply input for this type of cell, do one of the following:

• Click in the input cell and then click on the Drop Down Listbutton beside the Edit Bar. A drop down list appears whichdisplays all the available inputs from which you can select byclicking on the appropriate input with the mouse.

• Click in the input cell and then press the <SpaceBar> to openthe Edit Bar drop down list. Manoeuvre through the list ofinputs using the up and down arrow keys and then press<Enter> to select the input.

Numerical Input

If the input is numerical, the approach is slightly different. Views that accept numerical input use the Edit Bar, which is redrawn to include a Unit Box, as shown in Figure 3.5. The Unit Box will display the current default unit for the input cell property. When you begin supplying a number for a numerical input cell, your input is echoed in the Edit Bar. When you have supplied the number and have pressed <Enter>, ECONOMIX assumes that the default unit was correct and transfers the value back to the input cell.

Drop Down List Button

Figure 3.9

Page 64: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Interface 3-19

If you are supplying the number with a different unit than the default, there are two methods available for identifying it.

Figure 3.10

As numerical input for aparameter (e.g. temperature)is supplied for the first time, itis echoed in the Edit Bar atthe top of the view.

Temperature cell is presentlyshowing older value. Thenumerical value entered in theEdit Bar (-28.889) will bedisplayed here.

Unit Box showsthe default units.

While ECONOMIX is matching your input to the list of units, you can stop entering text and use any of the other methods for locating the unit (such as selecting it with the mouse or using the up and down arrows).

Method Action

KeyboardInput a space after the number and then begin typing inthe unit. The unit becomes highlighted in the Unit Boxdrop down list.

MouseAfter supplying the numerical value, but before pressing<Enter> , open the drop down list and locate the desiredunit

3-19

Page 65: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

3-20 Manoeuvring Through the Interface

3-20

Drop Down Lists and Scroll Bars

Drop down lists are used extensively in ECONOMIX to provide an efficient means of locating existing streams, operations, or units. These menus can be accessed either via the mouse, or by using keyboard input. Once a drop down list is opened, you manoeuvre through the list using the mouse or keyboard.

A drop down list for a Text input cell, can be opened at any time by using the primary mouse button to select the applicable arrow box. This not only opens the menu, but moves the active location to that input cell. You can also open the drop down list for the current active cell by pressing the keyboard down arrow. If the stream is being attached for the first time, the highlight in the drop down list will be at the top of the list. If the input cell already has a stream in it, the highlight will be on that stream.

Figure 3.11

Display the Unit Box drop downlist after supplying a numericalvalue by selecting the downarrow.

As you supply more of the unit, thehighlight will move through the listcovering the unit that most closelymatches your input. Pressing<Enter> accepts both the numberand the unit. The value isrecalculated using the default unitand is transferred to the ActiveLocation.

When you begin entering the units, the UnitBox drop down menu automatically opens.

The <F2> key opens the drop down list in the Edit Bar.

Page 66: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Interface 3-21

For a numerical input cell, the drop down list is located next to the Edit Bar at the top of the view, and contains the Unit Box. This automatically opens as soon as you stop supplying numerical input (signified by a <space>) and begin entering the unit. Alternatively, the drop down list can be opened at any time (which terminates the number entry) by selecting the arrow box.

Once a drop down list is opened, you can manoeuvre through it in several ways:

• The most convenient method is via type-matching. Once adrop down list is open, keyboard input is interpreted to find thefirst menu item which best matches your input. As you continueto supply input, the matching continues. Pressing <Enter>terminates the string and accepts the highlighted item. You canalso use the keyboard arrow keys to move to any item.

• If the menu contains six items or less, it appears without ascroll bar. In this case, you can use the mouse to directly selectthe desired item, or use the up and down keyboard arrows tomark the item and then select it with the <Enter> key.

• The <Page Up> and <Page Down> keys move the menu byone page, and the <Home> and <End> keys take you to thefirst and last item respectively. The desired item is selected byhighlighting it and pressing <Enter> .

Figure 3.12

Click here to moveup one item

Click and drag toscroll the Menu

Click here to movedown one item

The Up and Down arrows can be used to move through the list. Pressing <Enter> selects the highlighted item. The mouse can be used to select the item directly.

3-21

Page 67: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

3-22 Manoeuvring Through the Interface

3-22

• The Scroll Bar/Scroll Button provides similar functionality.Selecting the Up and Down Scroll Arrows advance the menuby one item. The scroll button can be selected with the primarymouse button and dragged up and down to quickly scroll themenu.

• Selecting the space between the scroll button and the scrollarrow advances the menu up or down one page. The desireditem can then be selected with the primary mouse button.

3.2.4 Editing InputEditing input can be done in two ways. When the input cell is active, any information you supply will overwrite the previous input. Likewise, you can use the drop down list to replace previous input.

Figure 3.13

Accept Change

Cancel Change

Insertion Point

If you want to make changes topreviously supplied input, youcan make an insertion point.

Input Cell location. The value inthe Edit Bar is converted todefault units, in this case, C.

Page 68: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Interface 3-23

You have a choice when editing numerical input.

• If you simply type in a new value and press <Enter> ,ECONOMIX accepts the input and assumes it is in the defaultunits.

• You can change the units using the methods describedpreviously.

• Another method is via selective modification. With this route,you place an insertion point somewhere in the string and makeselective changes. Pressing <Enter> or selecting the AcceptChange box to accept the changes. You can abort them byselecting the Cancel Change box.

3.2.5 Closing ViewsThere are four ways to close a view:

• Double click on the Close Box in the upper left hand corner ofthe view.

• Click once on the Close Box to open the drop down menu. theClose function in this drop down menu has the C underlined.Press the <C> to close the view.

• <Ctrl><F4> closes the active view.• Click on the Close button in the upper right hand corner of the

view.

To make an Insertion Point somewhere in the number, use the mouse or press <F2> and use the arrow keys. You can then make selective changes.

Figure 3.14

Close Box Close Button

3-23

Page 69: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

3-24 Manoeuvring Through the Interface

3-24

Page 70: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 1 4-1

4 Example 1

4-1

Page 71: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

4-2

4-2

Page 72: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 1 4-3

This tutorial will introduce you to the basics of ECONOMIX. It will guide you through the whole process which starts from opening the HYSYS simulation to importing the simulation into ECONOMIX and finally to producing the cost report. You will use the Example1.hsc case stored in the HYSYS\Samples directory. A flowsheet for this case is shown below:

The following pages will guide you through creating reports in ECONOMIX. This example will illustrate the simplicity of selection, sizing, designing and costing equipment in ECONOMIX. You need to have HYSYS running before proceeding any further; consult your HYSYS manual for instructions.

Opening the Case

To open an existing case in HYSYS, do one of the following:

• Select Open Case from the File Menu.• Press the Open Case button on the Tool Bar.

The Open Simulation Case view will appear:

Figure 4.1

Figure 4.2

Notice that all commands access via the Button Bar are also available as Menu items.

Open Case Button

4-3

Page 73: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

4-4

4-4

The next step is to select the file containing the simulation case.

3. Move to the Samples sub-directory in the HYSYS main directory in the Look in: field.

4. To open the Example1.hsc case, do one of the following

• Select the file with the primary mouse key and press theOpen button.

• Double click on the file name with the primary mouse key.

Selecting Unit Operations for ECONOMIX

You can either select single unit operations or a collection of them. You can also allow ECONOMIX to do the selection for you as follows:

5. Press the Enter Economix Environment button on the Tool Bar.

The HYSYS view will appear, as shown below:

This message box allows you to select all the unit operations or none of the operations before moving into ECONOMIX.

6. Press Yes to select all the unit operations

ECONOMIX Environment

The ECONOMIX environment allows you to enter parameters for creating a customized design and cost report. You can only enter data in a sequential format in this environment. As soon as you enter

Figure 4.3

Enter Economix Environment Button

Note that the transition between HYSYS and ECONOMIX environment might take from few seconds to couple of minutes based on your system configuration and availability of resources.

Page 74: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 1 4-5

ECONOMIX, the Project Input Data view is displayed.

All the information that you need to enter about the case should go into this view, laid out on four distinct tabs. For the sake of simplicity, you do not need to enter any data for this example. You will use the default values on each on these tabs. The Run All Phase button, shown at the bottom of the Project Input Data view, will run all the phases without requiring any further user input and generate a cost and design report at the end. Do the following to generate a cost and design report.

7. Press the Run All Phases button. When asked if you would like to continue to run all phases, click on the Yes button.

At this stage ECONOMIX will run each tab on the Project Input Data view in a sequential order. After it has done that, it will initiate the

Figure 4.4

You can use the Cancel button to abort the cost calculation procedure.

4-5

Page 75: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

4-6

4-6

Icarus costing engine, as shown in Figure 4.5.

The message box above the Cancel button shows the current costing information. The Status Bar shows the current status of the cost report, which is also shown as percent complete.

After ECONOMIX has finished the cost calculations, the trace window displays the Total project cost as $1,374,000 (U.S. Dollars).

Figure 4.5

Figure 4.6

Page 76: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 1 4-7

A report is generated on a Project Reports Output view as shown in Figure 4.7.

The Total Project Costs page on the General Project tab displays a summary of all the project related costs. Use the horizontal scroll bar to display the % of Totals column. Note that in the Summary of Total Project Costs group the % of Total for the Total Project costs is 120%, which includes 100% for the Project Base Costs and 20% (the default value) for Contingencies. You can move through other tabs by clicking on them with the primary mouse key.

Figure 4.7

4-7

Page 77: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

4-8

4-8

8. Click the Equipment tab and then select the Individual Equipment page.

9. Select Pump@Main from the Category Items list.

10. Press the Direct Cost Details button.

Figure 4.8

Page 78: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 1 4-9

The Individual Equipment Direct Cost Details view will appear:

This view provides a summary of direct costs for each applicable account code. On the Civil tab, the row labelled as Civil Totals shows the total of all the Civil account codes direct costs and data. Totals for applicable civil account codes are displayed below the Civil Totals. You can get a detailed layout of each of these individual costs as follows:

11. Press the Detailed Bulks button.

Figure 4.9

4-9

Page 79: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

4-10

4-10

The Individual Equipment Detailed Bulk view will appear based on the tab that was selected in Figure 4.9:

The Account Code List group on the left side of the view shows a list of all the Account Codes which are applicable to the given direct cost category, in this case Civil. On selecting an account code, the rest of the view will display a detail cost break out.

12. Select 454 from the Account Code List group

The Account Code Description field displayed the code description as Formwork Materials and the Account Code Group as Civil Total. The matrix shows all the cost associated with the given code. Since this is a material no labour costs are shown.

13. Close the Individual Equipment Detailed Bulk view.

14. Close the Individual Equipment Direct Cost Details view.

15. In the Category Items list on Figure 4.8, select the Tank@Main by clicking on it.

A detailed design report for this unit operation can be viewed as follows:

16. Press the Design Data button in the Direct Costs for Selected Individual Equipment Item group.

Figure 4.10

Page 80: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 1 4-11

The Design Data Sheet Output view will appear:

This view lists all the design information by categories. On selecting a page entry in the Data Categories group, the view displays a matrix of specific design data. Initially the view displays the design data for the General Information category. The two radio buttons, General and Process, in the General and Process Information group allows you to switch between the different design data matrices.

17. Close the Design Data Output view.

18. If you wish to save this case, click the File option on the menu bar, and then select the Save As command. Save the case with a different case name. If you save this case with the original file name, you will overwrite the original sample case.

You can view more report data on Plant Bulks, Engineering, Construction and Schedules tabs.

Further Study

This is the end of the Example 1 tutorial. If you would like to study ECONOMIX more deeply, please work through Example 2 tutorial.

Figure 4.11

4-11

Page 81: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

4-12

4-12

Page 82: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 2 5-1

5 Example 2

5-1

Page 83: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

5-2

5-2

Page 84: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 2 5-3

This tutorial will provide you with an opportunity to interact with the ECONOMIX environment in detail and to modify various settings and parameters in the Project Input Data view. The example will guide you through the whole process which starts from opening a HYSYS simulation case, importing the simulation into ECONOMIX, modifying input data in the Project Input Data view and finally generating a cost and design report in the Reports Output Data view. You will use the Tutor3.hsc case stored in the HYSYS.Plant\Samples directory to complete this example.

In this Get Started example, a flowsheet for the production of propylene glycol is presented. Propylene oxide is combined with water to produce propylene glycol in a continuously-stirred-tank reactor (CSTR). The reactor outlet stream is then fed to a distillation tower. The flowsheet for this case is shown below:

You need to have HYSYS running before proceeding any further. Consult your HYSYS manual for further details.

Opening the Case

To open an existing case in HYSYS, do one of the following:

• Select Open Case from the File Menu.• Press the Open Case button on the Tool Bar.

Figure 5.1

Notice that all commands access via the Button Bar are also available as Menu items.

Open Case Button

5-3

Page 85: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

5-4

5-4

The Open Simulation Case view will appear:

The next step is to select the file containing the simulation case.

1. Move up to the Samples sub-directory in the HYSYS main directory found in the Look in: field.

2. To open the Tutor3.hsc case, do one of the following:

• Select the file with the primary mouse key and press Openbutton.

• Double click on the file name with the primary mouse key.

The pre-built HYSYS simulation case will appear on your Desktop as

Figure 5.2

Page 86: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 2 5-5

outlined in Figure 5.3.

Selecting Unit Operations for ECONOMIX

ECONOMIX can automatically select all unit operations; however, in order to illustrate the individual unit operation selection feature, each unit operation will be selected individually beginning with the Tower (column) unit. To select the Tower unit operation, do the following:

Figure 5.3

5-5

Page 87: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

5-6

5-6

3. Click on the Tower unit operation icon with the secondary mouse button and the Object Inspection menu will appear, above the item, as shown below:

4. Choose the Select for Economix option from the menu and the Tower unit will change colour on the PFD indicating that it has been selected for import into ECONOMIX.

5. In order to demonstrate the multiple unit operation selection feature do one of the following:

• Click and drag the primary mouse over both the MIX-100 andReactor unit operation icons. When the mouse button isreleased, a box will appear around both icons showing thatthey have been selected.

• First select the MIX-100 unit operation on the PFD and, holdingdown the <Shift> key, select the Reactor unit operation.

6. Release the <Shift> key (if pressed) and click on a selected unit operation icon with the secondary mouse button.

7. From the Object Inspection menu, choose the Select for Economix option and both the MIX-100 and Reactor unit will change colour.

Since all desired unit operations have now been selected for import, we

Figure 5.4

Page 88: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 2 5-7

are now ready to move into ECONOMIX.

8. To enter the ECONOMIX environment, press the Enter Economix Environment button on the button bar.

ECONOMIX Environment

When you enter the ECONOMIX Environment, the initial view that appears is the Project Input Data view where you are brought to the Basis Phase tab. This view allows you to enter various parameters for creating a customized design and cost report.

Information is entered in phases outlined in four distinct tabs. You can only enter data in a sequential format in this environment. Once each phase (tab) is complete, the Run Phase button will move the phase tab to the next phase utilizing data from the previous phase(s). The Run All Phases button would run all the phases non-stop and generate a cost and design report automatically without requiring any further

Note that ECONOMIX treats the Tower (column) unit operation from HYSYS as a combination of three main unit operations: a Tray Section, Reboiler and Condenser. Furthermore, the Condenser unit will also have two sub unit operations attached to it: a Separator drum and a Pump. Thus importing an entire column into ECONOMIX, in fact imports the column as five individual unit operations, as illustrated in this example.

Enter Economix Environment Button

Note that the transition between HYSYS and the ECONOMIX environment might take from a few seconds to several minutes based on your system configuration and availability of resources.

5-7

Page 89: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

5-8

5-8

parameters.

Let us begin by modifying some of the default global settings in the Basis Phase.

Basis Phase

The Basis Phase tab allows you to define default global settings for the current case. Allowing the user to define global selection and design settings can be useful for large flowsheets with many similar unit operations. These global settings will assist the user in the remaining Selection, Sizing and Design phases.

9. Move to the General Project page if not already selected and click the Minimum Basis radio button.

10. Select on the Project Installation Type cell.

By default, ECONOMIX has chosen the type as Grass Roots/Clear field. Suppose you would like to modify this field to define the type as a plant

Figure 5.5

Page 90: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 2 5-9

modification instead.

11. Open the drop-down list of items in the Edit Bar by clicking on it and select Plant Modification/Revamp from the list.

12. Select on the Contingency Percent cell.

By default, ECONOMIX has defined a 20% contingency factor. Suppose the contractor uses a 15% contingency instead:

13. With the cell selected, type 15 and then press <Enter>. The contingency percent has changed to 15.0000:

14. Select the Project Basis radio button and examine the information listed.

15. Click on the Process Control cell.

By default, ECONOMIX has chosen the type as Digital. Assume, the operation will be controlled using PLCs.

16. Select PLC: Programmable Logic Controllers using the drop-down list in the Edit Bar. The control type has changed to PLC:

17. Select the Title Block radio button and examine the information listed.

Figure 5.6

Figure 5.7

Note that cell data can be either blue or black in colour. Blue indicates that the value can be edited using the Edit Bar. Black indicates that the cell contents are fixed which usually means the values have been calculated.

5-9

Page 91: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

5-10

5-10

If you wish, you may modify the various cells from the Title Block radio button. These cells display report information (Project Name, Job Number etc.) which will be displayed in the printed report.

18. Move to the Global Selection page.

This page allows you to define global default settings for each equipment type by selecting the appropriate radio button from the Equipment Categories list.

NOTE: You must turn the auto select Off to have an equipment type change take effect.

Note that you can still modify each individual equipment item’s settings from the Selection Phase tab; however, the defaults, you initially see in the Selection Phase, will be based on these global selection settings. Since we have only four imported equipment items, global selection settings are really not very relevant to this example since we can modify each item’s settings on the Selection Phase tab later. Global selection settings are more useful for large flowsheets with many similar unit operations.

19. Move to the Global Sizing/Design page.

This page allows you to define the default design settings for each equipment type by selecting the appropriate radio button from the Equipment Categories list.

Examine the various information detailed for each equipment category by selecting the appropriate radio button. An extensive range of design details exists for each category. To illustrate the use of global selection settings, do the following:

Figure 5.8

Page 92: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 2 5-11

20. Select the Towers radio button from the Equipment Categories list. This category defines the default design parameters for all Tower types.

21. From the Tower Type group, select the Trayed radio button.

22. The Trayed Tower Design group should appear below. Select the General radio button if not already selected.

23. Click on the Tray type cell. By default, ECONOMIX has chosen the type as Sieve Tray. Change this default setting to Bubble Cap Trays using the drop-down list in the Edit Bar.

24. Press the Run Phase button to move to the Selection Phase tab.

NOTE: The Reset to Basis Phase button can be clicked at the end of any phase if you are not satisfied with the previous phase selections or you would like to rerun the same case with different settings. You must be aware that this will delete all previous modifications to the input values.

Figure 5.9

Once the Run Phase button is selected, all previous phases (in this case the Basis Phase) can no longer be modified. These parameters will now be locked in order to proceed with the next phase.

5-11

Page 93: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

5-12

5-12

Selection Phase

The Selection Phase tab allows for detailed equipment selection and specification for each individual unit operation imported into ECONOMIX. The Category Items list displays the various imported equipment items based on the equipment category selected.

25. Select the All Equipment category radio button from the Equipment Categories list, if not already selected.

The All Equipment radio button will display all imported equipment items regardless of equipment category. In this example, four main category items will be listed in the Category Items list. Notice that the Condensor@COL1 has two more sub-items listed below it which can be viewed by clicking the + symbol to expand the tree list.

Listed below is a summary of all the equipment items which have been imported into ECONOMIX for this example:

26. From the four items in the Category Items list, select the Condenser@COL1 item by clicking on it. This will display selection details related to the Condenser unit of the column.

Note that the MIX-100 (Mixer) unit previously Selected for Economix from the pre-built HYSYS simulation case is not shown in the Category Items list. This is because ECONOMIX does not recognize a Mixer as a unit operation relevant to the analysis and will ignore it. This is true of any unrecognized unit operation (eg. Tees, Comp. Splitters, Valves). Category Item Name Type of Unit Operation

Main TS@COL1 Tray Section

Condenser@COL1 Condenser

Condenser@COL1-Drum Separator drum (for Condenser)

Condenser@COL1-Pump Pump (for Condenser)

Reboiler@COL1 Reboiler

Reactor@Main CSTR Reactor

Page 94: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 2 5-13

27. Open the tree list by selecting the + symbol. The Condenser@COL1-Drum and Condenser@COL1-Pump will now be visible below the Condenser@COL1equipment item. Clicking either item will display details related to the Separator drum and Pump, respectively.

28. From the Category Items list, select the Reactor@Main item by clicking on it. This will display selection details related to the CSTR Reactor unit

29. Click on the Equipment type cell.

By default, ECONOMIX has chosen the type as Agitated Tank - Enclosed, Jacketed which was the defined as the default setting from the Global Selection page on the Basis Phase tab. Assume that this specific reactor unit is not jacketed.

Figure 5.10

5-13

Page 95: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

5-14

5-14

30. Change the equipment type to Agitated Tank - Enclosed using the drop-down list in the Edit Bar.

31. From the Category Items list, select Main TS@COL1 item by clicking on it. This will display selection details related to the Trayed Section of the column.

32. Observe that the Tray Type (trayed column only) cell displays Bubble Cap Trays. Recall that this option was selected previously on the Global Selection page of the Basis Phase (Step 23) to define the global default setting for Tray Type.

33. Select the Run Phase button to move to the Sizing Phase tab.

Sizing Phase

The Sizing Phase tab allows for detailed equipment sizing for each individual unit operation imported into ECONOMIX. The Category Items list displays the various imported equipment items based on the equipment category selected.

34. Select the All Equipment category radio button from the Equipment Categories list, if not already selected.

35. From the four items in the Category Items list, select the Condenser@COL1 item by clicking on it. This will display sizing details related to the Condenser unit of the column.

The previous Selection Phase tab defined the Condenser equipment type as a Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger as shown in

Figure 5.11

Figure 5.12

Page 96: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 2 5-15

the Equipment Type field. Sizing parameters for the Condenser are displayed in the Sizing Input Details group which is further broken down into four distinct radio buttons. Observe the extensive range of sizing parameters available by manoeuvring through the four radio buttons:

36. Select the Utility Fluid radio button to bring up the Sizing Input Details for the utility fluid.

Figure 5.13

5-15

Page 97: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

5-16

5-16

37. Click on the Utility Fluid cell and change this setting from Automatic selection... to Cooling Water: Cooling water at 50 psia and 75 deg F using the drop-down list in the Edit Bar.

38. Select the Bundle radio button to bring up the sizing information related to the tube bundle.

39. Click on the Tube outside diameter cell and change the diameter to 1 in. (0.0254 m) using the drop-down list in the Edit Bar along with the Unit Box.

40. The Size Selected Item button will run sizing on any individual equipment item as selected from the Category Items list. Ensure that the Condenser@COL1 item is selected from the list and press the Size Selected Item button.

The Condenser should now be sized according to the current sizing parameter settings. Notice that the progress bar turns green and displays the message Equipment Sized notifying you that the current equipment item selected has been sized.

Also notice that the Item Sizing Output button can now be selected. This button allows you to view your sizing results in a separate window.

Users should view the trace window for any errors or warnings. These may be corrected by modifying the item inputs and running the Size

Figure 5.14

Figure 5.15

The Automatic Selection option for utility fluids allows ECONOMIX to determine an appropriate fluid during the sizing process. Once sizing is complete, the chosen fluid can then be displayed using the Item Sizing Output button.

If the input is numerical, the Edit Bar is redrawn to include a Unit Box. The Unit Box will display the current default unit but its drop down list allows the selection of a list of alternate units. For details on how to use the Unit Box feature please refer to Section - Numerical Input in the Interface Chapter.

Size Selected Item button

If you sized a unit operation once using the Size Selected Item button, it would not be sized again when the Size All Items or Run Phase button is pressed.

Note that the Item Sizing operation may take from a fewseconds to several minutes based on your system and the type of unit operation being sized. Heat transfer equipmentespecially reboilers, have a lengthy sizing process.

Item Sizing Output button

Page 98: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 2 5-17

Selected Item again until no errors occur.

41. Press the Item Sizing Output button to view the Condenser sizing results. The Sizing Data Output view will appear as follows:

This view displays the calculated sizing data for the Condenser unit operation. After reviewing the output, you may still modify sizing input. These changes will reset the item sizing input values and progress bar. The Size Selected Item button may be clicked again and the Sizing Data Output view may again be viewed. This operation may be performed as many times as desired until you are satisfied with the results.

42. Click on the Tube radio button and notice the Tube Diameter field lists the previously specified value of 0.0254 m. This value was used during the sizing calculation.

43. Close the Sizing Output Data view by pressing the Close button.

44. From the Category Items list, select the Reboiler@COL1 item by clicking on it. This will display sizing details related to the Reboiler unit of the column.

45. Click on the Maximum number of tubeside passes cell.

Figure 5.16

5-17

Page 99: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

5-18

5-18

46. Change the value to 4 from the default value of 16.

When the Size All Items button is clicked, all items in the category items list are sized. You may now view the sizing output data of any selected item, then return to the input view to modify the values and resize the item again until you are satisfied with the results.

If you click the Run Phase button at this stage, ECONOMIX will run sizing on the remaining unit operations which have not been sized using the Size Selected Item button. This procedure may take several minutes to complete if not all items have been sized.

47. Press the Run Phase button again, this time to proceed to the Design Phase tab.

Once completed, notice that all equipment items, when selected, will now show: Equipment Sized in the sizing status bar.

Figure 5.17

Size All Items button

Page 100: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 2 5-19

Design Phase

The Design Phase tab allows for detailed equipment design for each individual unit operation imported into ECONOMIX. The Category Items list displays the various imported equipment items based on the equipment category selected.

48. Select the All Equipment category radio button from the Equipment Categories list, if not already selected.

49. From the four items in the Category Items list, select the MAIN TS@COL1 item by clicking on it. This will display design details related to the Tray Section of the column.

Design parameters for the Tray Section are displayed in the Design Input Details group which is further broken down by six distinct radio buttons. Observe the extensive range of design input parameters available for the Tray Section of the column.

50. Select the Trays radio button to bring up the design details related to tray specifications. Notice that the Tray Type field displays BUBBL as expected since bubble cap trays were selected previously to define the tray type.

Figure 5.18

5-19

Page 101: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

5-20

5-20

51. Click on the Tray Material Type cell. The cell displays the default type as A285C and the Edit Bar above displays more extensive details relating to the tray material specification as shown in Figure 5.19.

52. Assume the tray material is an alternate type. Change the Tray Material Type to A 455 using the drop-down list in the Edit Bar.

Figure 5.19

The Edit Bar above willdisplay more extensivedetails when certaincells are selected.

Figure 5.20

Page 102: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 2 5-21

53. Click on the Number of Trays cell and change the value to 16 from the default value of 14.

54. Press the Check All Items button to initiate the costing and design engine.

Once the Check All Items button is pressed in the Design Phase, the IcarusTM design and costing engine will be initiated to calculate all inputs and check for errors and warnings in the input data. The calculations will then be paused to display errors and warnings within the Trace Window. If errors/warnings exist in the Design Phase, you will be able to correct these items at this time. You can modify the design information and run the Check All Items as many times as necessary until no design errors are displayed.

NOTE: Please be advised that if design errors exist when the Run Phase button is clicked, those equipment items with errors will not have any costing or design data in the Reports Output Data.

55. Now, click the Run Phase button again to continue with the calculations and proceed to the Report Output Data view.

Figure 5.21

Check All Items button

5-21

Page 103: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

5-22

5-22

Reports Output Data

During the Design Checking and final costing and design process, the IcarusTM progress indicator screen will appear as shown in Figure 5.22.

The message box above the Cancel button shows the current costing information. The Progress Bar shows the current status of the cost report as a percentage complete. After ECONOMIX has finished the cost calculation, the trace window displays the total project cost in U.S. Dollars.

Figure 5.22

You can use the Cancel button to abort the cost calculation procedure.

Figure 5.23

Page 104: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 2 5-23

A report is then generated on a Report Output Data view as shown in Figure 5.23.

The Total Project Costs page on the General Project tab displays a summary of all the project related costs. Note that in the Summary of Total Project Costs group, the % of Total for the Total Project Costs, found using the horizontal scroll bars, is 115%, which includes 100% for the Project Base Totals and 15% for Contingencies. You can move through other tabs by clicking on them with the primary mouse button.

56. Select the Equipment tab and then select the Individual Equipment page.

Figure 5.24

5-23

Page 105: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

5-24

5-24

57. Select Reactor@Main from the Category Items list.

58. Press the Direct Cost Details button.

Figure 5.25

Page 106: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 2 5-25

The Individual Equipment Direct Cost Details view for the CSTR Reactor unit will appear:

This view displays all the labels from the previous Direct Costs view matrix and places them into tabs. This provides a summary of direct cost for each applicable account code in the respective account code group. On the Civil tab, the row labelled Civil Totals shows the total of all the Civil account code’s Direct Costs for each heading. You can get a detail layout of each of these individual account code costs as follows:

59. Press the Detailed Bulks button.

The Individual Equipment Detailed Bulks view will appear based on the tab that was active when the Detailed Bulks button was pressed; in this case the Civil tab.

The Account Code List group on the left side of the view shows a list of all the Account Codes which are applicable to the active account group. On selecting an account code, the rest of the view will display a detailed cost break out.

Figure 5.26

5-25

Page 107: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

5-26

5-26

60. Select 455 from the Account Code List group.

The Account Code Description field displayed the code description as Field Fabricate Formwork and the Account Code Group as Civil Totals. The matrix shows all the Direct Costs associated with the given account code. Since this is a labour cost only, the material cost fields are zero.

61. Close the Individual Equipment Detailed Bulk view.

62. Close the Individual Equipment Direct Cost Details view.

63. In the Category Items list, select the Main TS@COL1 by clicking on it.

A detail design report for this unit operation can be viewed as follows:

64. Press the Design Data button in the Direct Costs for Selected Individual Equipment Item group.

Figure 5.27

Page 108: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Example 2 5-27

The Design Data Sheet Output view will appear for the Main TS@COL1 item:

This view lists all the design information in distinct categories. On selecting a page entry in the Data Categories group, the view will display a matrix of relevant design data. Initially the view displays the design data for the General Information category. The two radio buttons: General and Process, in the General and Process Information group allow you to switch between different design data matrices.

65. Close the Design Data Sheet view.

This completes the ECONOMIX Get Started examples. If there are any aspects of this case that you would like to explore further, feel free to continue working on this simulation case on your own.

Figure 5.28

5-27

Page 109: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

5-28

5-28

Page 110: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

ECONOMIX Basics 6-1

6 ECONOMIX Basics

6-1

6.1 Importing Unit Operations........................................................................... 3

6.1.1 Selecting Single Unit Operation ............................................................... 46.1.2 Selecting Multiple Unit Operations ........................................................... 56.1.3 Selecting Single, Multiple or All Unit Operations...................................... 6

6.2 Menu Bar Options ........................................................................................ 7

6.2.1 File ........................................................................................................... 86.2.2 Edit ......................................................................................................... 116.2.3 Economix ............................................................................................... 116.2.4 Tools....................................................................................................... 126.2.5 Window .................................................................................................. 126.2.6 Help........................................................................................................ 14

6.3 Exporting Data............................................................................................ 15

Page 111: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

6-2

6-2

Page 112: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

ECONOMIX Basics 6-3

ECONOMIX provides an easy-to-use environment with a variety of interfaces including a fully interactive relationship with HYSYS that can readily select either the entire flowsheet or individual pieces of process equipment to be sized, designed, or evaluated.

6.1 Importing Unit Operations

ECONOMIX has the ability to import simulation data from both HYSYS.Process and HYSYS.Plant. ECONOMIX requires that the unit operation be completely solved before it can be imported into ECONOMIX. Any unsolved unit operation will not be evaluated and no reports will be generated for it.

Chapter Description

ECONOMIX Basics This chapter provides an introduction toECONOMIX’s capabilities and features.

Basis Phase

The Basis Phase chapter covers the first tab ofProject Input Data view. Here, you provide the globalsettings for selection and design parameters. Inaddition, general project information (location,owner, etc.) is provided on this tab.

Selection Phase This chapter allows you to get familiar with theSelection Phase tab of the Project Input Data view.

Sizing PhaseThe Sizing Phase chapter gives an explanation ofthe all the parameters required by the equipmentsizing routines in ECONOMIX.

Design Phase All the Design information is discussed in thischapter.

ReportThis chapter allows you to get familiar with theextensive reports that ECONOMIX will generate for aproject.

TheoryThe Theory chapters elaborates on the selectioncriterion as well as the sizing equation for each unitoperation.

6-3

Page 113: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

6-4 Importing Unit Operations

6-4

6.1.1 Selecting Single Unit Operation

On the HYSYS.Process/Plant PFD, you can select a single unit operation through the Object Inspection menu. The method for selecting a unit operation is as follows:

1. Click on a unit operation icon with the secondary mouse button and the Object Inspection menu will open, as shown in Figure 6.1:

2. From the Object Inspection menu, select the Select For Economix option and HYSYS will change the icon outline colour to light grey.

You can unselect a previously selected unit operation by following Step 1 and choosing Remove Selection For Economix from the Object Inspection menu.

Figure 6.1

Figure 6.2

You may see a different colour depending upon your windows settings

Unselected Icon Selected Icon

Page 114: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

ECONOMIX Basics 6-5

6.1.2 Selecting Multiple Unit Operations

You can select multiple unit operations on the HYSYS.Process/Plant PFD using the method as follows:

1. Click and drag the mouse over the unit operations you wish to select (provided they are all sequential on the PFD). Alternatively, you can highlight unit operations by selecting the first unit operation that you want to select, holding down the <Shift> key and selecting the last unit operation.

1. Release the <Shift> key (if pressed) and click on a highlighted unit operation icon with the secondary mouse button. The Object Inspection menu will open, as shown in Figure 6.4:

Figure 6.3

Figure 6.4

6-5

Page 115: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

6-6 Importing Unit Operations

6-6

2. From the Object Inspection menu, select the Select For Economix option and HYSYS will change the icon outline colour to light grey for all of the selected unit operations.

You can unselect all previously selected unit operations by following Step 1 and choosing the Remove Selection For Economix from the Object Inspection menu.

6.1.3 Selecting Single, Multiple or All Unit Operations

If no unit operation is selected on the PFD, single, multiple, or all unit operations may also be selected without using the PFD. By clicking the Enter Economix Environment button on the button bar you will progress to the No Unit Operations Selected panel. Clicking No will take you to the Select HYSYS Objects for Economix view, seen in Figure 6.6.

Figure 6.5

Figure 6.6

You may see a different colour depending upon your windows settings

Page 116: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

ECONOMIX Basics 6-7

Here, you may select or remove unit operations as desired, then click the Continue button to enter the ECONOMIX Environment

6.2 Menu Bar OptionsIn ECONOMIX, you can access most of the tasks using the hot keys or buttons associated with them; this provides quick access to the capabilities of the program. Each of these functions can also be accessed through the Menu Bar. The list of commands or function groups, which is displayed at the top of the HYSYS Desktop, operates as a pull down menu system. By selecting one of the options in the Menu Bar, a menu of associated commands or options is opened.

In addition to the functions already described, the Menu Bar also provides access to a number of functions that can only be accessed through this route. Included in the functions that can only be accessed via the Menu Bar are setting the Session Preferences (units, default naming schemes, etc.) and accessing the Script Manager.

In this section, a description of each of the options that are available through the Menu Bar will be provided. In cases where the options have been described elsewhere in greater detail, only a quick review will be provided. Others, such as Session Preferences and Scripting will be described completely.

You can access the Menu Bar options in three ways:

• Select the desired Menu Bar item using the primary mousebutton, which will automatically open the associated menu.

• Use the <Alt> key in combination with the underlined letter inthe Menu Bar title. For example, <Alt><T> will open the Toolsmenu.

• Use the <Alt> key by itself to move the active location to theFile option in the Menu Bar. Once the Menu Bar becomes theActive location in HYSYS, you can manoeuvre through it usingthe keyboard. The up and down arrows move through themenu associated with a specific item, while the left and rightarrows move you to the next Menu Bar item, automaticallyopening the associated menu.

If you want to switch focus from the Menu Bar without making a selection, press the <Esc> key or the <Alt> key.

Session Preferences can be accessed through the Tools Menu Bar item only.

6-7

Page 117: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

6-8 Menu Bar Options

6-8

6.2.1 FileThe menu options can be grouped into Five main categories:

• Starting a Simulation• Saving a Simulation• Closing a Simulation• Printing• Exiting the Program

Starting a Simulation

The New and Open options under File in the Menu Bar allow you to create a new case or open an existing case.

• Selecting “New” will create a new, blank case in HYSYS.• Selecting “Open” will allow you to open an existing case

and read its information into HYSYS.

Figure 6.7

Note that a menu item with an arrow head pointing to the side has further options on a submenu.

Page 118: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

ECONOMIX Basics 6-9

Saving a Simulation

HYSYS has three different save commands:

Command Description

Save Saves the case using the current file name andlocation.

Save As

With this saving option, you need to enter a nameand location to which you want to save the file. TheSave Simulation Case As (Figure 6.8 ) viewappears when you select the Save As command.You are able to choose the File Path and a FileName for the case. HYSYS automatically attachesthe appropriate file extension, .hsc .

Save All

Use this option to save all currently opened HYSYScases. You are asked to select which cases shouldbe saved. Select multiple cases with the <Ctrl> keyand the primary mouse button. Once the cases havebeen highlighted, select the Save button to save thecase(s) as shown in the view, or the Save As buttonto save with a new name and/or location.

Figure 6.8

Figure 6.9

6-9

Page 119: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

6-10 Menu Bar Options

6-10

Closing a Simulation

Two of the options under File in the Menu Bar involve closing your simulation:

Printing

The printing section contains the following options:

Exiting the Program

You can exit from the current Session of ECONOMIX by selecting the Exit option from the File drop down menu.

Command Description

Close Case Closes the active case. Before closing the case, youare asked if the case should be saved.

Close AllAllows you to close more than one case at a time.The name of each opened file is displayed. Youselect which case(s) you want to close.

Figure 6.10

Command Description

Print Allows you to print Specsheets for streams andoperations.

Print WindowSnapshot

Prints a bitmap snapshot of what currently appearsin the active ECONOMIX view.

Printer SetupAllows you to select the default printer, printorientation, paper size, etc. It is similar to the PrinterSetup commands in other Windows applications.

Page 120: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

ECONOMIX Basics 6-11

6.2.2 Edit

The functions listed under Edit in the Menu Bar are described as follows:

6.2.3 Economix

The functions listed under Economix in the Menu Bar are described as follows:

Figure 6.11

Command Description

Cut

Removes the selected cell(s) from the current view.You can then use the Paste function to place theremoved cell(s) in another location or in anotherapplication.

CopyCopies the selected cell(s) to the Clipboard. You canthen use the Paste function to place the copied cell(s)in another location or in another application.

Paste Allows you to place copied or cut selections in thelocation of your choice.

Figure 6.12

Command Description

Run All Allows you to run all phases and generate a report.

Run Phase Run only the current phase.

Reset Resets the data back to the Basis Phase tab on theBasis Input Data view.

Leave EconomixEnvironment

This option allows you to move out of the ECONOMIXenvironment. You can use the Economix ControlPanel view to select which unit operations you wouldlike to transfer data for.

6-11

Page 121: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

6-12 Menu Bar Options

6-12

6.2.4 Tools

The options under Tools are:

6.2.5 Window

This menu contains general Windows application functions. The options are:

Figure 6.13

Command Description

PFDs Opens the PFD for any Flowsheet.

Reports Opens the Report Manager.

Load Workspace Opens the Load Workspace dialog, which displaysall cases that are currently open

Script Manager Provides access to the Script Manager.

Macro LanguageEditor

Accesses the HYSYS Macro Language Editor view.

Preferences Accesses the User Session Preferences.

The User Session Preferences view can be accessed only through the Tools menu.

Figure 6.14

Command Description

Arrange Desktop

Cascades all windows which are currently open andnot iconized. Face plates will be placed in rows orcolumn according to the specifications on theSimulation page of the Session Preferences view.

Page 122: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

ECONOMIX Basics 6-13

The last section in this menu lists all open windows on the DeskTop. The active window is indicated with a check mark.

Save Workspace

You can save different Workspace arrangements within a HYSYS case. The Workspace is a specific organization of views for the current case. For example, you could create an arrangement of views which has the PFD, Workbook, Controllers, Strip Charts, etc. You can name each arrangement individually, then re-access the arrangement at any time.

This has no effect on the calculation status. It is simply the way the various views are arranged. After changes have been made to the DeskTop arrangement, you can then reload a saved arrangement to reaccess the window layout.

Load Workspace

The Load Workspace dialog displays all cases that are currently open. The Workspaces contained within each case appear in the Available Workspaces group. When loading a Workspace, choose the case which contains the Workspace, select an Available Workspace and press the

Arrange Icons Arranges icons horizontally at the bottom of theDesktop.

Close Closes the active window.

Close All Closes all windows.

Save Workspace Saves the current window layout for future use.

Load Workspace Loads another HYSYS case which is currently open.This function allows you to toggle between cases.

Command Description

Figure 6.15

6-13

Page 123: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

6-14 Menu Bar Options

6-14

Load button.

6.2.6 Help

The options under Help are:

Figure 6.16

Figure 6.17

Command Description

HYSYS Help Topics Displays HELP contents.

Help on ExtendingHYSYS

Help topics for OLE functionality.

Help on the CurrentForm

Accesses the help topic for the active window.

Bug Reports Accesses HYSYS bug reporting option.

About HYSYS Provides information about HYSYS.

Page 124: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

ECONOMIX Basics 6-15

6.3 Exporting DataBefore or after ECONOMIX has completed its calculations and generated the Project Reports Output view, you can transfer the data back to HYSYS.Process/Plant. ECONOMIX will only update the unit operation(s) which you have specified.

The method to export data is as follows:

1. On the Button Bar, click the Leave Economix Environment button. Alternatively, you can select the Leave Economix Environment option under ECONOMIX in the Menu Bar.

2. On the Economix Data Transfer Panel view confirm the unit operation you would like to transfer data for. You can select/unselect the unit operation or equipment category by clicking in the checkbox in front of them. The table beside the equipment list shows the old HYSYS.Plant as well as the newly calculated Economix sizing data.

3. Click the Accept and Transfer All button to transfer the results for all the unit operations. Another option is to select specific unit operations, and click the Accept and Transfer Current Selections to transfer only the selected unit operations’ data. If you do not want to transfer ECONOMIX generated data into HYSYS.Process/Plant, click the Exit Without Transferring button.

Figure 6.18

6-15

Page 125: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

6-16 Exporting Data

6-16

Page 126: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Basis Phase 7-1

7 Basis Phase

7-1

7.1 General Project Page ................................................................................... 4

7.1.1 Minimum Basis Radio Button ................................................................... 47.1.2 Project Basis Radio Button ...................................................................... 57.1.3 Title Block Radio Button........................................................................... 6

7.2 Global Selection Page.................................................................................. 8

7.3 Global Sizing/Design Page ........................................................................ 10

7.3.1 General Radio Button............................................................................. 117.3.2 Vessels Radio Button ............................................................................. 117.3.3 Heat Transfer Radio Button.................................................................... 147.3.4 Rotating Equipment Radio Button.......................................................... 187.3.5 Towers Radio Button .............................................................................. 197.3.6 Reactors Radio Button........................................................................... 22

Page 127: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

7-2

7-2

Page 128: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Basis Phase 7-3

The Basis Phase tab is the first tab of the Project Input Data view in the ECONOMIX environment. This tab allows you to define default global settings for the current case. There are three pages available on this tab: General Project, Global Selection and Global Sizing/Design.

There are four buttons on this tab that appear regardless of which page you have selected. These buttons are described below:

Figure 7.1

Button Name Function

Save New BasisPressing this button will save the current basis to a*.xml file. This will allow you to retrieve the basis foruse in any ECONOMIX project.

Set Preferred Basis This button allows you to reset the current basis to aset of preferred Basis defaults.

Load Saved Basis

Pressing this button will allow you to retrieve a basisthat has been saved previously. The current basiswill be overwritten with information from the savedfile.

Restore DefaultBasis

Pressing this button will overwrite the current basiswith the information in the Basis.def file in theapplication’s root directory. All current basisinformation will be lost and reset to the originalsoftware Basis defaults! Use this feature withcaution.

7-3

Page 129: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

7-4 General Project Page

7-4

7.1 General Project PageThe General Project page can be used to define the various parameters that will be applicable for the entire project. Items like project location, start date, project name and customer information can be defined on this page. The views on this page can be accessed by selecting the appropriate radio button in the Categories group box. Each radio button in this group will be detailed in the sections below. Refer back to Figure 7.1 on the previous page for a view of this page.

7.1.1 Minimum Basis Radio Button

On selecting the Minimum Basis radio button, the following items are displayed:

Figure 7.2

As a minimum you need to address these setting to get proper and realistic output results.

Field Description

Continent

Adjusts the various location dependent cost fieldsbased on the actual geographical location of theproject site. The system calculates values suchas freight (domestic and ocean), taxes/duties,contractor fee, wage rates and workforceproductivities.

Country Base

Specifies the country base location establishingthe basis of the estimates, e.g., style and costbasis for engineering design, materials, andconstruction.

Project InstallationType

Determines the configuration of the project’sscale, adjusting direct, indirect and bulk costs tosuit the size of the project. There are five choicesavailable from the drop down box: Grass roots/Clear field, Plant addition-adjacent to existingplant, Plant additions-inside existing plant, Plantaddition-suppressed infrastructure, and Plantmodification/Revamp.

Page 130: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Basis Phase 7-5

7.1.2 Project Basis Radio Button

The following fields are displayed if the Project Basis radio button is selected:

Contingency Percent

This field will have the value of the contingencypercentage calculated by the standard basisexpert based on user specification of projectinformation. This allows the user to modify thevalue estimated by ECONOMIX. This valuerepresents:

• Construction Contingency• Material Contingency• Engineering Contingency

USD per GBP (appliesto UK country baseonly)

This field defines the currency exchange ratio forUSD:GBP and only applies when dealing with theUnited Kingdom (UK) country base.

USD per kJPY (appliesto JP country baseonly)

This field defines the currency exchange ratio forUSD:kJPY and only applies when dealing withthe Japan (JP) country base.

Field Description

USD = United States Dollar

GBP = Great Britain Pound

KJPY = 1000 Japanese Yen

Figure 7.3

Field Description

Process Description

Drives the design allowances for all theequipment whose material is system-generated.User entered costs are not affected. A new andunproven process has a higher design allowancecompared with a proven process. This is appliedagainst all non-quoted equipment.

Process Complexity

Used to adjust contingency. Highly compleximplies high temperature/pressure and a lot ofprocess control (e.g., batch), whereas simpleimplies a simple process design and control.

7-5

Page 131: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

7-6 General Project Page

7-6

7.1.3 Title Block Radio Button

The following fields are available on selecting the Title Block radio button.

Process ControlYou can provide either digital, analog ordistributed control system for the project and theprocess control strategy is fixed with this choice.

Estimated Start Year/Month/Day of BasicEngineering

These three fields show the year, month, and daythat the basic engineering will begin. Refer toICARUS Reference, Engineering, for a definitionof engineering functions.

Soil Condition AroundSite

Select the nature of the soil most prevalent at theconstruction site. This impacts the developmentof all foundations, the amount of pillingsdeveloped, any excavation and trenching workitems, and the construction rental required.

Pressure VesselDesign Code

Specifies the design code used for pressurevessels design for the different country basesettings.

Vessel DiameterSpecification

Specifies the vessel diameter in the componentspecification form as inside diameter (ID) oroutside diameter (OD).

P and I Design Level

Specifies the level of instrumentation provided forthe equipment. The P and I may be standardinstrumentation (STD) or highly instrumented(Full). Refer to the Icarus Piping andInstrumentation Drawing for instrumentation onspecific equipment.

Transfer Stream Data toDesign and CostEngine

Allows for the mapping of stream data to theIcarus design and costing engine.

Field Description

Figure 7.4

Page 132: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Basis Phase 7-7

Field Description

Customer or OwnerName

Specifies the name of the customer or owner forwhom this project is being built. The systemprints this name in reports exactly as entered.

Project NameEnter the name of this particular project. Thesystem prints this name in reports exactly asentered.

Job NumberSpecifies the job number for this project. Thesystem prints this number in reports exactly asentered.

Prepared By Specifies the name of the user. The system printsthis title in reports exactly as entered.

Country Enter the country name. The system prints thisname in reports exactly as entered.

Province or State Enter the province/state in this field. The systemprints this name in reports exactly as entered.

Legal Land DescriptionEnter the legal land description of the project site.The system prints this name in reports exactly asentered.

Run Date Enter the project run date. The system prints thisname in reports exactly as entered.

7-7

Page 133: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

7-8 Global Selection Page

7-8

7.2 Global Selection PageThis page allows you to define the default selection settings for each equipment type. You have the option of either automatic equipment type and orientation selection or you can set the equipment type and orientation globally. Also, for heat transfer equipment, you can globally specify the equipment type for exchanger. You can select the orientation for the reflux accumulator as well.

Note: When setting equipment globally, the Automatic Selection field must be set to “Off”

Equipment components belonging to similar categories are listed along with the equipment type and can be access by selecting the appropriate radio button in the Equipment Categories group.

Figure 7.5

Page 134: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Basis Phase 7-9

In the table above, an “X” signifies if the text in the top row is applicable to the equipment type listed on the left. If it is, then it identifies if an equipment component can be auto selected or if it must be manually selected. For example, the equipment type Separator allows the automatic selection of equipment type and the automatic selection of orientation. Where as, the Rotary Vacuum Filter, does not allow for automatic equipment type selection, nor does it have an orientation, but it is a valid equipment type.

Equipment Type

Aut

omat

icse

lect

ion

ofE

quip

men

ttyp

e

Equ

ipm

entT

ype

Aut

omat

icse

lect

ion

ofor

ient

atio

n

Orie

ntat

ion

Equ

ipm

entt

ype

-

exch

ange

r

Equ

ipm

entt

ype

-

reflu

xpu

mp

Equ

ipm

entt

ype

-

reflu

xac

cum

ulat

or

Aut

ose

lect

reflu

xac

cum

ulat

oror

ient

atio

n

Ref

lux

accu

mul

ator

orie

ntat

ion

Separators X X X X

3 Phase Separators X X X X

Tanks X X

Tray Sections X

Coolers X

Heaters X

Heat Exchangers X X

Air Coolers X

Partial Condensers X X X X X

Total Condensers X X X X

3 Phase Condensers X X X X X

Reboilers X

3 Phase Reboilers X

Compressors X X

Expanders X

Pumps X

Plug Flow Reactors X X

Continuously StirredTank Reactors

X X

General Reactors X

Baghouse Filter X

Cyclone X X

Hydrocyclone X

Rotary Vacuum Filter X

7-9

Page 135: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

7-10 Global Sizing/Design Page

7-10

7.3 Global Sizing/Design Page

This page allows you to define some of the default sizing and design settings for each equipment type. Equipment types are organized into six radio buttons listed in the Equipment Categories group. Depending upon the equipment category selected, relevant sizing and design information will be displayed.

The six different equipment categories are as follows:

• General• Vessels• Heat Transfer• Rotating Equipment• Towers• Reactors

Figure 7.6

Page 136: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Basis Phase 7-11

7.3.1 General Radio Button

When the General radio button is selected, general equipment design characteristics will become visible. The following fields will be displayed in the General Equipment Sizing and Design group:

• Design Pressure - Multiplier• Design Pressure - Adder• Design Vacuum - Multiplier• Design Temperature - Adder• Only Apply Design Temperature Adder if Operating Above

7.3.2 Vessels Radio Button

When the Vessels radio button is selected both vessel type and vessel sizing and design characteristics will become visible. The vessel type may be either a Separator or a Storage Tank.

Figure 7.7

Figure 7.8

7-11

Page 137: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

7-12 Global Sizing/Design Page

7-12

Separator Radio Button

If the Separator radio button is selected, the Separator Sizing and Design group will be further broken down by General, Vertical and Horizontal radio buttons which each defining different sizing and design characteristics outlined as follows:

Figure 7.9

SeparatorSizing andDesign View

Design Variables Design Characteristics

General radiobutton

Process Design

• Auto select vertical sep. if feed vapor massfraction exceeds

• Minimum liquid holdup time• Minimum liquid surge time• Mist eliminator

Vapour-Liquid Separation

• Separation factor method (with misteliminator)

• Separation factor method (without misteliminator)

• Default separation factor (default methodonly)

• Droplet diameter (Theoretical method only)• Separation factor multiplier (applies to all

methods)• Vapour velocity design multiplier

Liquid-Liquid Separation

• Height of light liquid• Height of heavy liquid• Droplet diameter• Maximum terminal settling/rising velocity

Page 138: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Basis Phase 7-13

Vertical radiobutton

Process Design

• Solution set selection criteria• Minimum height to diameter ratio• Maximum height to diameter ratio• Minimum holdup height• Minimum surge height• Mist eliminator thickness• Diameter allowance for mist eliminator• Height above mist eliminator• Minimum disengagement height (with mist

eliminator)• Minimum disengagement height (without

mist eliminator)

Vapour-Liquid Separation

• Inlet diverter• Minimum height of inlet nozzle above HLL• Separation factor multiplier (GPSA and

York methods without mist eliminator only)

Liquid-Liquid Separation

• Baffle plate• Height of liquid above baffle plate (if Baffle

plate is present)• Minimum downcomer width• Minimum height of inlet nozzle above NLL• Minimum height of inlet nozzle above HLL

Horizontalradio button

Process Design

• Solution set selection criteria• Minimum length to diameter ratio• Maximum length to diameter ratio• Minimum vapour space height (with mist

eliminator)• Minimum vapour space height (without

mist eliminator)

Vapour-Liquid Separation • Separation factor multiplier (GPSA andYork methods only)

SeparatorSizing andDesign View

Design Variables Design Characteristics

7-13

Page 139: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

7-14 Global Sizing/Design Page

7-14

Storage Tank Radio Button

If the Storage Tank radio button is selected, the following sizing and design characteristics for the Storage Tank vessel type will be displayed:

• Holding Time• Maximum Capacity per Vessel• Percent Spare Capacity Per Tank• Vertical Vessels - Height to Diameter Ratio• Horizontal Vessels - Length to Diameter Ratio

7.3.3 Heat Transfer Radio Button

When the Heat Transfer radio button is selected, the heat transfer equipment types and their sizing and design characteristics will become visible. The choices for heat transfer equipment type are Shell and Tube Exchanger, Aerial Cooler and Process Furnace.

Figure 7.10

Figure 7.11

Page 140: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Basis Phase 7-15

Shell and Tube Exchanger Radio Button

If the Shell and Tube Exchanger radio button is selected, the Shell and Tube Exchanger group will be further broken down by Process, Geometry and TEMA Types radio buttons which each define different sizing and design characteristics outlined as follows:

Figure 7.12

Shell and TubeExchangerSizing andDesign View

Design Variables Design Characteristics

Process

Utility Fluids

• Cooler• Heater• Condenser• Reboiler• Minimum approach for automatic selection

of utility fluid

Hot Side Stream

• Cooler• Heater• Heat Exchanger• Condenser

Maximum Pressure Drop• Hot side• Cold side

Fouling Factors• Hot side• Cold side

7-15

Page 141: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

7-16 Global Sizing/Design Page

7-16

Geometry

Exchanger

• Maximum number of shells in series (E, I, Jshells)

• Maximum number of shells in series (D, F,G, H, M shells)

• Maximum number of shells in series (K, Xshells)

• Maximum number of shells in parallel (allshell types)

• Maximum shell inside diameter• Counter-current in first tube pass

Bundle

• Tube outside diameter• Tube wall thickness• Tube pitch factor (pitch = outside diameter

x factor)• Tube layout angle• Maximum tube length• Minimum tube length• Max. number of tube passes (vertical

thermosiphon reboilers)• Max. number of tube passes (all other

types)• Minimum number of tubeside passes• Baffle type

TEMA Type

Floating Heat Exchanger • Front end head type• Shell type• Rear end head type

Fixed Tube HeatExchanger

U-tube exchanger

Kettle-type Reboiler

U-tube Kettle-typeReboiler

Thermosiphon Reboiler-Horizontal Floating Head

Thermosiphon Reboiler-Horizontal Fixed TubeSheet

Thermosiphon Reboiler-Horizontal U-tube

Thermosiphon Reboiler-Vertical Fixed TubeSheet

Shell and TubeExchangerSizing andDesign View

Design Variables Design Characteristics

Page 142: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Basis Phase 7-17

Aerial Cooler Radio Button

If the Aerial Cooler radio button is selected, the Aerial Cooler Sizing and Design group will display Process and Geometry radio buttons, which each define different sizing and design characteristics shown below:

Figure 7.13

Aerial Cooler Sizingand Design View

Design Characteristics

Process• Air Inlet Temperature• Fouling Factor• Maximum Pressure Drop

Geometry

• Tube Outside Diameter• Tube Wall Thickness• Tube Pitch Factor (pitch = outside diameter x

factor)• Minimum Tube Length• Maximum Tube Length• Minimum Number of Tube Passes• Maximum Number of Tube Passes• Number of Tube Rows Calculation Method• Fin Height• Fin Width• Number of Fins per inch (per 25mm)• Minimum Bay Length to Width Ratio• Exchanger Length to Width Ratio• Minimum Number of Fans Per Bay• Maximum Fan Diameter

7-17

Page 143: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

7-18 Global Sizing/Design Page

7-18

Process Furnace Radio Button

If the Process Furnace button is selected, the sizing and design characteristic for Thermal Efficiency Percent will be displayed.

7.3.4 Rotating Equipment Radio Button

When the Rotating Equipment radio button is selected, the rotating equipment types and their sizing and design characteristics will become visible. The choices for rotating equipment type are Pump, Compressor and Expander. The following table lists the design characteristics available for each rotating equipment type:

Figure 7.14

Figure 7.15

Rotating Equipment Type Design Characteristics

Pump

• Number of Spares• Capacity Overdesign Factor• Head Overdesign Factor• Reflux Pump Head

Compressor

Air and Gas Compressors:

• Capacity Overdesign Factor• Head Overdesign Factor

Gas Compressors Only:

• Centrifugal - driver type• Reciprocating - driver type

Expander • Capacity Overdesign Factor

Page 144: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Basis Phase 7-19

7.3.5 Towers Radio Button

When the Towers radio button is selected the tower types and their sizing and design characteristics will become visible. The choices for tower type are General, Trayed and Packed.

General Radio Button

If the General radio button is selected, the following general column sizing and design characteristics will be displayed:

• Stages with vapour in feed - sizing based on• Area tolerance• Bottom sump height• Vapour disengagement height• Towers sized with multiple sections - designed as

Figure 7.16

Figure 7.17

7-19

Page 145: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

7-20 Global Sizing/Design Page

7-20

Trayed Radio Button

If the Trayed radio button is selected, the Trayed Tower Sizing and Design group will be further broken down by General, Sieve, Valve and Bubble Cap radio buttons which each define different sizing and design characteristics outlined as follows:

Figure 7.18

Trayed Tower Sizing andDesign View

Design Characteristics

General radio button

Tower Data:

• Tray type• Overall tray efficiency (percent)• Diameter factor

Tray Data:

• Tray spacing• System foaming factor

Downcomer / Weir Data:

• Downcomer type• Downcomer clearance• Maximum downcomer backup (percent)• Weir height• Maximum weir loading

Sieve radio button

• Tray thickness• Maximum pressure drop per tray (height of liquid)• Maximum tray flooding (percent)• Hole diameter• Hole spacing (Hole spacing = Hole diameter x factor)

Page 146: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Basis Phase 7-21

Packed Radio Button

If the Packed radio button is selected, the following packed tower sizing and design characteristics will be displayed:

• Packing type• Pressure drop correlation• System foaming factor• Maximum flooding (percent)• Maximum pressure drop per unit length

Valve radio button

• Tray thickness• Maximum pressure drop per tray (height of liquid)• Maximum tray flooding (percent)• Design manual• Orifice type• Valve density• Valve thickness• Hole area (percent of active area)

Bubble Cap radio button

• Tray thickness• Maximum pressure drop per tray (height of liquid)• Maximum tray flooding (percent)• Cap slot height• Hole area (percent of active area)

Trayed Tower Sizing andDesign View

Design Characteristics

Figure 7.19

7-21

Page 147: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

7-22 Global Sizing/Design Page

7-22

7.3.6 Reactors Radio Button

When the Reactors radio button is selected the following reactor sizing and design characteristics will become visible.

• Vertical Vessel - Height to Diameter Ratio• Horizontal Vessels - Length to Diameter Ratio• Packing Type for Packed Reactors

Figure 7.20

Page 148: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Selection Phase 8-1

8 Selection Phase

8-1

8.1 Equipment Categories ................................................................................. 4

8.1.1 Vessels Category ..................................................................................... 58.1.2 Heat Transfer Category ............................................................................ 78.1.3 Rotating Equipment Category................................................................ 118.1.4 Tower Category ...................................................................................... 148.1.5 Reactors Category ................................................................................. 158.1.6 Solids Handling Category ...................................................................... 17

Page 149: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

8-2

8-2

Page 150: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Selection Phase 8-3

The Selection Phase tab allows you to do detailed equipment selection and specification for each unit operation being simulated in ECONOMIX. When you access the Selection Phase tab, a number of groups become visible, as outlined in Figure 8.1

There are three groups available on this tab:

• Equipment Categories - This group shows the variousequipment categories available in ECONOMIX. You candisplay the equipment associated with each category, in theCategory Items group, by selecting the appropriate radiobutton.

• Category Items - This group lists the various equipment whichbelong to the currently selected equipment category.

• Detailed Equipment Selection - This group displays detailedequipment information related to the currently selectedequipment item highlighted in the Category Items group.

Figure 8.1

The Equipment Categoriesgroup filters the equipmentitems by category name.Equipment items aredisplayed in the CategoryItems group.

The equipment items imported intoEconomix are listed in the Category Itemsgroup based on the radio button selected inthe Equipment Categories group.

The Detailed EquipmentSelection group allows you tospecify specific selectionparameter defaults for eachequipment category item basedon its unit operation type.

8-3

Page 151: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

8-4 Equipment Categories

8-4

8.1 Equipment CategoriesAll the available equipment imported into ECONOMIX can be displayed in the Category Items view. Equipment items are organized by category according to the radio button selected. The filtering of equipment into groups is particularly convenient when a large case is imported into ECONOMIX. The six different equipment categories available along with their associated unit operation types are listed below:

The All Equipment category lists all the equipment items which were imported to ECONOMIX and is more convenient for small cases imported into ECONOMIX.

Initially, the various imported equipment items are detailed according to default settings specified in the Global Selection page of the Basis Phase tab.

Equipment Categories Unit Operation Type

Vessels

Separator

3 Phase Separator

Tank

Heat Transfer

Coolers

Heaters

Heat Exchangers

Air Coolers

Partial Condensers

Total Condensers

3 Phase Condensers

Reboilers

3 Phase Reboilers

Rotating Equipment

Compressors

Expanders

Pumps

Towers Tray Sections

Reactors

Plug Flow Reactors

Continuously-Stirred-Tank Reactors

Conversion Reactors

Equilibrium Reactors

Gibbs Reactors

Solid Handling

Baghouse Filter

Cyclone

Hydrocyclone

Page 152: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Selection Phase 8-5

Each unit operation may contain several unique specification fields. For the Equipment Type field, located in the Detailed Equipment Selection group, a drop down list is available. The drop down list is located within the edit bar and will be enabled once the appropriate field is selected. Using these drop down lists, each equipment item can be further specified based on equipment type.

8.1.1 Vessels CategoryThe Vessels category includes all the vessel types. The following unit operation types are included in this category:

• Separator• 3 Phase Separator• Tank

The Detailed Equipment Selection group automatically lists selection information specific to each unit operation type, when it is selected in the Category Items group. Figure 8.2 shows the detailed Equipment Selection group for a Separator.

Separator Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for a Separator unit operation type.

Figure 8.2

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation.The following equipment types are available forseparators:

• Standard Process Vessel• Jacketed Process Vessel• Multi-walled Process Vessel

8-5

Page 153: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

8-6 Equipment Categories

8-6

3 Phase Separator Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for a 3 Phase Separator unit operation type.

Tank Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed

Vapour MassFraction of Feed

Displays the vapour mass fraction of the feed streamto the equipment.

Vessel Orientation Displays the equipment orientation (horizontal orvertical).

Field Description

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation.The following equipment types are available for 3phase separators:

• Standard Process Vessel• Jacketed Process Vessel• Multi-walled Process Vessel

Vapour MassFraction of Feed

Displays the vapour mass fraction of the feed streamto the equipment.

Vessel Orientation Displays the equipment orientation (horizontal orvertical).

Page 154: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Selection Phase 8-7

Equipment Selection group for a Tank unit operation type.

8.1.2 Heat Transfer CategoryThe Heat Transfer category includes all the heat transfer related types. The following unit operation types are included in this category:

• Cooler• Heaters• Heat Exchangers• Air Coolers• Partial Condensers• Total Condensers• 3 Phase Condensers• Reboilers• 3 Phase Reboilers

The Detailed Equipment Selection group automatically lists selection information specific to each unit operation type, when it is selected in the Category Items group. Figure 8.3 shows an example of the

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation.The following equipment types are available fortanks:

• Flat-Bottom Storage Tank With Optional Roof• Vertical Standard Process Vessel• Vertical Jacketed Process Vessel• Vertical Multi-walled Process Vessel• Horizontal Standard Process Vessel• Horizontal Jacketed Process Vessel• Horizontal Multi-walled Process Vessel• Low Pressure Gas Storage Vessel• Sphere• Spheroid• Cryogenic Storage Tank• Cone Bottom Storage Bin• Live Bottom Storage Bin

8-7

Page 155: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

8-8 Equipment Categories

8-8

information detailed for a Heat Exchanger.

Cooler Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for a Cooler unit operation type.

Heater Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for a Heater unit operation type.

Figure 8.3

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation.The following equipment types are available forcooler:

• Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger• Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube Heat

Exchanger• U-tube shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation.The following equipment types are available forheaters:

• Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger• Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube Heat

Exchanger• U-tube shell and Tube Heat Exchanger• A-frame Type Process Furnace• Box-type Cylindrical Process Frame• Vertical Cylindrical Process Furnace

Page 156: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Selection Phase 8-9

Heat Exchanger Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for a Heat Exchanger unit operation type.

Air Cooler Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for an Air Cooler unit operation type.

Partial/Total/3 Phase Condenser Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for Partial, Total and 3 Phase Condenser unit operation types.

Field Description

Unit OperationType

Displays the unit operation type.

EquipmentType

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation. Thefollowing equipment types are available for heatexchangers:

• Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger• Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger• U-tube shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation.The following equipment types are available for aircoolers:

• Air Cooler, Free Standing or Rack-Mounted

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type -Exchanger

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation.The following equipment types are available for theexchanger section:

• Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger• Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube Heat

Exchanger• U-tube shell and Tube Heat Exchanger• Air Cooler, Free Standing or Rack-Mounted

8-9

Page 157: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

8-10 Equipment Categories

8-10

Reboiler/3 Phase Reboiler Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for a Reboiler unit operation type.

Equipment Type -Reflux Pump

Refer to Section 8.1.3 - Rotating EquipmentCategory .

Equipment Type -Reflux Accumulator

Refer to Section 8.1.1 - Vessels Category .

Field Description

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Specifies the equipment type for the unit operation.The following equipment types are available forreboilers:

• U-tube Kettle-type Reboiler• Kettle-type Reboiler with Floating Head• Thermosiphon-type Reboiler (Horizontal Shell

with Floating Head)• Thermosiphon-type Reboiler (Horizontal Shell

with fixed Tube Sheet)• Thermosiphon-type Reboiler (Horizontal Shell

with U-tube)• Thermosiphon-type Reboiler (Vertical Shell with

Fixed Tube Sheet)

Page 158: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Selection Phase 8-11

8.1.3 Rotating Equipment CategoryThe Rotating Equipment category includes all the rotating equipment types. The following unit operation types are included in this category:

• Compressors• Expanders• Pumps

The Detailed Equipment Selection group automatically lists selection information specific to each unit operation type, when it is selected in the Category Items group. Figure 8.4 shows an example of the information detailed for a Compressor.

Compressor Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for a Compressor unit operation type.

Figure 8.4

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Inlet Pressure Displays inlet pressure

Inlet Temperature Displays inlet temperature

Exit Pressure Displays exit pressure

Exit Temperature Displays exit temperature

Estimated ActualVolume Capacity atInlet Conditions

Displays volume capacity estimate

8-11

Page 159: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

8-12 Equipment Categories

8-12

Expander Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for an Expander unit operation type.

Estimated DriverPower

Displays estimated driver power.

Equipment Type

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation.The following equipment types are available forcompressors:

• Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Horizontal• Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear• Gas Compressor - Reciprocating• Gas Compressor - Reciprocating with Integral

Gas Engine• Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Motor• Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Turbine• Air Compressor - Reciprocating with Gas

Engine• Air Compressor - Reciprocating with Motor• Air Compressor - Single Reciprocating One

Stage• Air Compressor - Single Reciprocating Two-

Stage

Field Description

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation.The following equipment types are available forexpanders:

• Gas Turbine with Combustion Chamber• Steam Turbine Driver, Condensing Type• Steam Turbine Drive, Non-condensing Type

Page 160: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Selection Phase 8-13

Pump Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for a Pump unit operation type.

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation.The following equipment types are available forpumps:

• Canned Rotor Gear Pump• Standard External Gear Rotary Pump• Mechanical Seal Gear Pump• Diaphragm Pump - TFE Type• Reciprocating Simplex Pump - Steam Driver• Reciprocating Duplex Pump - Steam Driver• Triplex Plunger Pump - Motor Driver• Reciprocating Positive Displacement Plunger

Pump• Rotary (Sliding Vanes) Pump• Slurry Pump• Canned Motor Pump• Centrifugal Single or Multi-stage Pump• General Service Pump• General Service In-line Pump• Vertical Sump Pump - Turbine Impeller• Low Consistency Stock Pump• Standard ANSI Magnetic Drive Pump• Standard ANSI Single-Stage Pump• Plastic ANSI Single-Stage Pump• API 610 Pump• API 610 In-line Pump• Axial Flow Vertical Pump

8-13

Page 161: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

8-14 Equipment Categories

8-14

8.1.4 Tower CategoryThe Tower category includes all the tower types available. Currently, the only unit operation type available in this category is the Trayed Section type.

The Detailed Equipment Selection group automatically lists selection information specific to each unit operation type, when it is selected in the Category Items group. Figure 8.5 shows an example of the information detailed in this category.

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for the Tray Section unit operation type.

Figure 8.5

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation.The following equipment types are available forcolumns:

• Standard Tower - Packed• Standard Tower - Trayed

Tray Type (trayedcolumn only)

Displays the tray type for the column. The followingtray types are available for trayed columns:

• Sieve Trays• Valve Trays• Bubble Cap Trays

Tower sized withmultiple sections -designed as

Displays the diameter type for the column. Thefollowing column types are available for both trayedand packed columns:

• Single - Diameter• Double - Diameter

Page 162: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Selection Phase 8-15

8.1.5 Reactors CategoryThe Reactors category includes all the reactor types available. The following types of reactors are included in this category:

• Plug Flow Reactors• Continuously-Stirred-Tank Reactors• Gibbs Reactors• Conversion Reactors• Equilibrium Reactors

The Detailed Equipment Selection group automatically lists selection information specific to each unit operation type, when it is selected in the Category Items group. Figure 8.6 shows an example of the information detailed for a Plug Flow Reactor.

Plug Flow Reactor Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for a Plug Flow Reactor unit operation type.

Figure 8.6

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation.The following equipment types are available for plugflow reactors:

• Standard Tower - Packed Single Diameter• Vertical Standard Process Vessel• Vertical Jacketed Process Vessel• Vertical Multi-walled Process Vessel• Horizontal Standard Process Vessel• Horizontal Jacketed Process Vessel• Horizontal Multi-walled Process Vessel

8-15

Page 163: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

8-16 Equipment Categories

8-16

Continuously Stirred Tank Reactor (CSTR) Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for a Continuously-Stirred-Tank Reactor unit operation type.

Gibbs, Conversion, and Equilibrium Reactor Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for Gibbs, Conversion, and Equilibrium Reactor unit operation types.

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation.The following equipment types are available for aCSTR’s:

• Agitated Tank - Enclosed, Jacketed• Agitated Tank - Enclosed• Agitated Tank - Open Top

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation.The following equipment types are available forgeneral reactors:

• Standard Tower - Packed Single Diameter• Vertical Standard Process Vessel• Vertical Jacketed Process Vessel• Vertical Multi-walled Process Vessel• Horizontal Standard Process Vessel• Horizontal Jacketed Process Vessel• Horizontal Multi-walled Process Vessel• Agitated Tank - Enclosed, Jacketed• Agitated Tank - Enclosed• Agitated Tank - Open Top• Sphere• Spheroid• A-frame Type Process Furnace• Box-type Process Furnace• Vertical Cylindrical Process Furnace• Box-type Reformer without Catalyst• Pyrolysis Unit

Page 164: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Selection Phase 8-17

8.1.6 Solids Handling CategoryThe Solids Handling category includes all the solids handling related types. The following unit operation types are included in this category:

• Baghouse Filter• Cyclone• Hydrocyclone• Rotary Vacuum Filter• Simple Solid Separator

The Detailed Equipment Selection group automatically lists selection information specific to each unit operation type, when it is selected in the Category Items group. Figure 8.7 shows an example of the information detailed for a Baghouse Filter.

Baghouse Filter Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for a Baghouse Filter unit operation type.

Figure 8.7

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Displays the equipment type for the unit operation.

The following equipment types are available forbaghouse filters:

• Baghouse with Motor Shakers• Baghouse with Injected Pulsed Air

8-17

Page 165: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

8-18 Equipment Categories

8-18

Cyclone Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for a Cyclone unit operation type.

Hydrocyclone Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for a Hydrocyclone unit operation type.

Rotary Vacuum Filter Selection

The following table describes the various fields listed in the Detailed Equipment Selection group for a Rotary Vacuum Filter unit operation type.

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Specify the equipment type for the unit operation.

The following equipment types are available forcyclones:

• Cyclone Dust Collector• Multiple-Cyclone Dust Collector

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Specifies the equipment type for the unit operation.

The following equipment type is available forhydrocyclones:

• Water-only Cyclone - Mineral Separator

Field Description

Unit Operation Type Displays the unit operation type.

Equipment Type

Specifies the equipment type for the unit operation.

The following equipment types are available forrotary vacuum filters:

• Rotary Drum Filter• Rotary Disk Filter

Page 166: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-1

9 Sizing Phase

9-1

9.1 Sizing and Displaying Individual Item Data ............................................... 5

9.2 Vessels Category ......................................................................................... 6

9.2.1 Separator Sizing....................................................................................... 69.2.2 3 Phase Separator Sizing ........................................................................ 99.2.3 Tank Sizing............................................................................................. 12

9.3 Heat Transfer Category.............................................................................. 13

9.3.1 Cooler/Heater/Heat Exchanger/Condenser Sizing................................. 149.3.2 Reboiler/3 Phase Reboiler Sizing .......................................................... 18

9.4 Rotating Equipment Category................................................................... 19

9.4.1 Pump Sizing........................................................................................... 209.4.2 Compressor Sizing................................................................................. 219.4.3 Expander Sizing..................................................................................... 22

9.5 Tower Category .......................................................................................... 22

9.5.1 Packed Tower Sizing .............................................................................. 239.5.2 Trayed Tower Sizing ............................................................................... 25

9.6 Reactor Category ....................................................................................... 28

9.6.1 Plug Flow Reactor Sizing ....................................................................... 299.6.2 Continuously-Stirred-Tank Reactor Sizing ............................................. 319.6.3 Gibbs, Conversion and Equilibrium Reactor Sizing................................ 31

9.7 Solids Handling Category.......................................................................... 32

9.7.1 Baghouse Filter Sizing ........................................................................... 329.7.2 Cyclone Sizing ....................................................................................... 339.7.3 Hydrocyclone Sizing............................................................................... 349.7.4 Rotary Vacuum Filter Sizing................................................................... 34

Page 167: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-2

9-2

Page 168: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-3

The Sizing Phase tab allows you to do a detail equipment sizing for all the equipment items being simulated in ECONOMIX. When you access the Sizing Phase tab view, a number of groups become visible, as outlined in Figure 9.1.

There are three groups available on this tab:

• Equipment Categories - This group shows the variousequipment categories available in ECONOMIX. You candisplay the equipment associated with each category, in theCategory Items group, by selecting the appropriate radiobutton.

• Category Items - The Category Items group list all theequipment in the category selected in Equipment Categoriesgroup.

• Sizing Input Details - This groups automatically lists sizinginformation specific to each unit operation type. You canspecify different sizing parameters for the equipment itemselected in the Category Items group.

Figure 9.1

The Equipment Categoriesgroup filters the equipmentitems by category name.Equipment items aredisplayed in the CategoryItems group.

The equipment items imported into Economixare listed in the Category Items group basedon the radio button selected in the EquipmentCategories group.

This view allows you to specifyspecific sizing parameters foreach equipment item basedupon its unit operation type.

This button allows youto size individual unitoperations.

This button allows youto display individualsizing data only

This button allowsyou to size all unitoperations.

9-3

Page 169: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-4

9-4

Equipment items are filtered by category according to the radio button selected in the Equipment Categories group. The six different equipment categories available in ECONOMIX along with their associated unit operation types are listed below:

Equipment Categories Category Items

Vessels

Separators

3 Phase Separators

Tanks

Heat Transfer

Coolers

Heaters

Heat Exchangers

Air Coolers

Partial Condensers

Total Condensers

3 Phase Condensers

Reboilers

3 Phase Reboilers

Rotating Equipment

Compressors

Expanders

Pumps

Towers Trayed Sections

Reactors

Plug Flow Reactors

Continuously Stirred Tank Reactors

Gibbs Reactors

Conversion Reactors

Equilibrium Reactors

Solid Handling

Baghouse Filter

Cyclone

Hydrocyclone

Page 170: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-5

9.1 Sizing and Displaying Individual Item Data

On the Sizing Phase tab, you can size individual unit operations and view the sized data as well. To size a unit operation, do as follows:

1. Select the unit operation in the Category Item list.

2. Press the Size Selected Item button.

You also have the option to size all unit operations at the same time. To size all unit operations, do as follows:

1. Press the Size All Items button.

You have the option to view the sized data for the unit operation after sizing is complete. The procedure to view the sizing output is as follows:

1. Select the unit operation already sized from the Category Item group.

2. Press the Item Sizing Output button.

The Item Sizing Output view will appear as follows:

This view displays the calculated sizing data for the selected unit operation.

NOTE: You may view the sizing output data of any sized item. You may then return to the input view of any item, modify the input values and then resize the item again until the results are satisfactory. Once the Run Phase button is clicked, the values are committed to the Design Phase and the size input may not longer be modified.

Figure 9.2

If you sized a unit operation once using the Size Selected Item button, it will not be sized again when the Size All Items or Run Phase buttons are pressed.

Size Selected Item button

Size All Items button

Item Sizing Output button

9-5

Page 171: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-6 Vessels Category

9-6

9.2 Vessels CategoryThis category is used to size all vessel related unit operations, which are preselected on the Selection Phase tab. The various unit operations along with their available equipment types included in this category are outlined in the following table.

Equipment sizing is determined based upon unit operation type (i.e. Separator, Tank etc.). An overview of the sizing information available for each unit operation type is outlined in the following sections.

9.2.1 Separator SizingWhen an equipment item belongs to the Separator unit operation type, it will be sized according to a number of parameters available in the Separator Sizing Input Details group. The sizing parameters available will depend upon the equipment orientation.

Sizing details are organized by radio buttons. The General radio button will be always available while either the Horizontal or Vertical radio button will be available depending upon the orientation.

Category Items Equipment Type

Separator

Standard Process Vessel

Jacketed Process vessel

Multi-walled Process Vessel

3 Phase Separator

Standard Process Vessel

Jacketed Process vessel

Multi-walled Process Vessel

Tank

Flat-Bottom Storage Tank With Optional Roof

Vertical Standard Process Vessel

Vertical Jacketed Process Vessel

Vertical Multi-walled Process Vessel

Horizontal Standard Process Vessel

Horizontal Jacketed Process Vessel

Horizontal Multi-walled Process Vessel

Low Pressure Gas Storage Vessel

Sphere

Spheroid

Cryogenic Storage tank

Cone Bottom Storage Bin

Live Bottom Storage Bin

Page 172: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-7

General radio button (horizontal/vertical vessels)

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Solution set selection criteria• Minimum liquid holdup time• Minimum liquid surge time• Mist eliminator• Separation factor multiplier (with mist eliminator)• Separation factor multiplier (without mist eliminator)• Default separation factor (Default method only)• Droplet diameter (Theoretical method only)• Separation factor multiplier (applies to all methods)• Vapour velocity design multiplier

Horizontal radio button (horizontal vessels only)

Figure 9.3

Figure 9.4

9-7

Page 173: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-8 Vessels Category

9-8

The following fields are available when the Horizontal radio button is selected:

• Minimum length to diameter ratio• Maximum length to diameter ratio• Minimum vapour space height (with mist eliminator)• Minimum vapour space height (without mist eliminator)• Separation factor multiplier (GPSA and York methods only)

Vertical radio button (vertical vessels only)

The following fields are available when the Vertical radio button is selected:

• Minimum height to diameter ratio• Maximum height to diameter ratio• Minimum holdup height• Minimum surge height• Mist eliminator thickness• Diameter allowance for mist eliminator• Height above mist eliminator• Minimum disengagement height (with mist eliminator)• Minimum disengagement height (without mist eliminator)• Inlet diverter• Minimum height of inlet nozzle above HLL• Separation factor multiplier (GPSA and York methods without

mist eliminator only)

Figure 9.5

Page 174: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-9

9.2.2 3 Phase Separator SizingWhen an equipment belongs to the 3 Phase Separator unit operation type, it will be sized according to a number of parameters available in the 3 Phase Separator Sizing Input Details group. The sizing parameters available will depend upon equipment orientation.

Sizing details are organized by radio buttons. The General and 3 Phase radio buttons will be always available while the Horizontal, Vertical and 3 Phase Vertical radio buttons will become available depending upon the vessel orientation.

General radio button (horizontal/vertical vessels)

The following sizing parameter fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Solution set selection criteria• Minimum holdup time• Minimum surge time• Mist eliminator• Separation factor method (with mist eliminator)• Separation factor method (without mist eliminator)• Default separation factor (Default method only)• Droplet diameter (Theoretical method only)• Separation factor multiplier (applies to all methods)• Vapour velocity design factor

Figure 9.6

9-9

Page 175: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-10 Vessels Category

9-10

Horizontal radio button (horizontal vessel only)

The following sizing parameter fields are available when the Horizontal radio button is selected:

• Minimum length to diameter ratio• Maximum length to diameter ratio• Minimum vapour space height (with mist eliminator)• Minimum vapour space height (without mist eliminator)• Separation factor multiplier (GPSA and York methods only)

Vertical radio button (vertical vessel only)

The following sizing parameter fields are available when the Vertical radio button is selected:

• Minimum height to diameter ratio• Maximum height to diameter ratio• Minimum holdup height• Minimum surge height• Mist eliminator thickness• Diameter allowance for mist eliminator

Figure 9.7

Figure 9.8

Page 176: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-11

• Height above mist eliminator• Minimum disengagement height (with mist eliminator)• Minimum disengagement height (without mist eliminator)• Inlet diverter• Minimum height of inlet nozzle above HLL• Separation factor multiplier (GPSA and York methods without

mist eliminator only)

3 Phase radio button (horizontal/vertical vessels)

If the 3 Phase radio button is selected you can specify the following sizing parameters:

• Height of light liquid• Height of heavy liquid• Droplet diameter• Maximum terminal setting/rising velocity

3 Phase Vertical radio button (vertical vessels only)

If the 3 Phase Vertical radio button is selected you can specify the following sizing parameters:

• Baffle plate• Height of liquid above baffle plate

Figure 9.9

Figure 9.10

9-11

Page 177: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-12 Vessels Category

9-12

• Minimum downcomer width• Minimum height of inlet nozzle above NLL• Minimum height of inlet nozzle above HLL

9.2.3 Tank SizingWhen an equipment item belongs to the Tank unit operation type, it will be sized according to a number of parameters available in the Tank Sizing Input Details group. The sizing parameters available will depend upon the equipment orientation.

The Input Details group allows you to specify the following sizing parameters for the tank:

• Total actual volume flow• Holding time• Maximum capacity per storage vessel• Percent spare capacity per storage vessel• Height/Length to diameter ratio*

* Not required for spheres

Figure 9.11

Page 178: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-13

9.3 Heat Transfer Category

This category is used to size all heat transfer related unit operations, which are preselected on the Selection Phase tab. The various unit operations along with their available equipment types included in this category are outlined in the following table.

Equipment sizing is determined based upon unit operation type (i.e. Cooler, Heater, Reboiler). An overview of the sizing information available for each unit operation type is outlined in the following sections.

Category Items Equipment Type

Cooler

Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

U-tube shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

Heater

Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

U-tube shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

A-frame Type Process Furnace

Box-type Process Frame

Vertical Cylindrical Process Furnace

Heat Exchanger

Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

U-tube shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

Air Cooler Air Cooler, Free Standing or Rack-Mounted

Partial Condenser /Total Condenser /3 Phase Condenser

Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

U-tube shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

Reboiler / 3 PhaseReboiler

U-tube Kettle-type Reboiler

Kettle-type Reboiler with Floating Head

Thermosiphon-type Reboiler (Horizontal Shell withFloating Head)

Thermosiphon-type Reboiler (Horizontal Shell withFixed Tube Sheet)

Thermosiphon-type Reboiler (Horizontal Shell withU-tube)

Thermosiphon-type Reboiler (Vertical Shell withFixed Tube Sheet)

9-13

Page 179: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-14 Heat Transfer Category

9-14

9.3.1 Cooler/Heater/Heat Exchanger/Condenser Sizing

When an equipment item belongs to either the Cooler, Heater, Heat Exchanger, Air Cooler, or Condenser (partial, total, three phase) unit operation type, it will be sized according to a number of parameters available in the Sizing Input Details group. The various sizing parameters available depend upon the equipment type used. Sizing parameters will differ depending upon whether or not the equipment type is of Process Furnace, Shell and Tube Exchanger or Air Cooler type as outlined in the following sections.

Process Furnace

If the equipment is of Process Furnace type (i.e. A-frame type, Box-type cylindrical), then the only sizing parameters available in the Process Furnace Input Details are:

• Absorbed duty• Furnace thermal efficiency

Shell and Tube Exchangers

If the equipment is of Shell and Tube type (i.e. U-tube shell and tube, Fixed tube sheet shell and tube) then an extensive set of sizing parameters become available.

Sizing details for Shell and Tube type heat transfer equipment are organized into three radio buttons. The first two deal with Exchanger and Bundle geometry respectively and the final button deals with Process details.

Figure 9.12

Page 180: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-15

Exchanger radio button

If the Exchanger radio button is selected, you can specify the following sizing parameters:

• Front end head type• Shell type• Rear end head type• Maximum number of shells in series (E,I, J shell only)• Maximum number of shells in series (D,F,G,H,M shell only)• Maximum number of shells in series (K,X shell only)• Maximum number of shells in parallel• Maximum shell inside diameter• Hot stream side• Counter-current in first tube pass

Bundle radio button

If the Bundle radio button is selected, you can specify the following sizing parameters:

Figure 9.13

Figure 9.14

9-15

Page 181: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-16 Heat Transfer Category

9-16

• Tube outside diameter• Tube wall thickness• Tube pitch• Tube layout angle• Maximum tube length• Minimum tube length• Maximum number of tubeside passes• Minimum number of tubeside passes• Baffle type (ignored for D, K and X shells)

Process radio button

If the Process radio button is selected, you can specify the following sizing parameters:

• Maximum hot side pressure drop• Maximum cold side pressure drop• Hot side fouling factor• Cold side fouling factor

Figure 9.15

Page 182: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-17

Air Cooler

If the equipment is an Air Cooler type (Free standing or Rack-mounted), then the sizing parameters available in the Cooler Input Details group are as follows:

• Service Type (determines Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient)• Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient (Default service type only)• Air Inlet Temperature• Fouling Factor• Maximum Pressure Drop• Tube Outside Diameter• Tube Wall Thickness• Tube Pitch Factor (pitch = outside diameter x factor)• Number of Tube Passes• Number of Tube Rows Calculation Method• Fin Height• Fin Width• Number of Fins per Inch (per 25 mm)• Exchanger Length to Width Ratio• Minimum Number of Fans Per Bay

Figure 9.16

9-17

Page 183: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-18 Heat Transfer Category

9-18

9.3.2 Reboiler/3 Phase Reboiler Sizing

When an equipment item belongs to the Reboiler or 3 Phase Reboiler unit operation type, it will be sized as a Shell and Tube Exchanger, previously outlined in the Section - Shell and Tube Exchangers. The Exchanger, Bundle and Process radio buttons will be available as before along with an additional Utility Fluid radio button detailed below:

Utility Fluid radio button

If the Utility Fluid radio button is selected, you can specify the following sizing parameters:

• Utility Fluid• Minimum approach for automatic selection of utility fluid (degC)

Figure 9.17

Page 184: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-19

9.4 Rotating Equipment Category

This category is used to size all rotating equipment related unit operations, which are preselected on the Selection Phase tab. The various unit operations along with their available equipment types included in this category are outlined in the following table.

Category Items Equipment Type

Pump

Standard ANSI Single Stage Pump

Plastic ANSI Single Stage Pump

API 610 Pump

API 610 In-line Pump

Axial Flow Vertical Pump

Canned Motor Pump

Centrifugal Single or Multi-stage Pump

General Service Pump

General Service In-line Pump

Vertical Sump Pump - Turbine Impeller

Low consistency Stock Pump

Standard ANSI Magnetic Drive Pump

Canned Rotor Gear Pump

Standard External Gear Rotary Pump

Mechanical Seal Gear Pump

Diaphragm Pump - TFE Type

Reciprocating Simplex Pump - Steam Driver

Reciprocating Duplex Pump - Steam Driver

Triplex Plunger Pump - Motor Driver

Reciprocating Positive Displacement Plunger Pump

Rotary (Sliding Vanes) Pump

Slurry Pump

9-19

Page 185: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-20 Rotating Equipment Category

9-20

Equipment sizing is determined based upon unit operation type (Pump, Compressor and Expander). An overview of the sizing information available for each unit operation type is outlined in the following sections.

9.4.1 Pump SizingWhen an equipment item belongs to the Pump unit operation type, it will be sized according to a number of parameters available in the Pump Sizing Input Details group.

The Sizing Input Details group allows you to specify the following pump sizing parameters:

• Liquid specific gravity• Operating capacity• Operating head

Compressor

Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Horizontal

Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear

Gas Compressor - Reciprocating

Gas Compressor - Reciprocating with Integral GasEngine

Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Motor

Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Turbine

Air Compressor - Reciprocating with Gas Engine

Air Compressor - Reciprocating with Motor

Air Compressor - Single Reciprocating One-Stage

Air Compressor - Single Reciprocating Two-Stage

Expander

Gas Turbine with Combustion Chamber

Steam Turbine Driver, Condensing Type

Steam Turbine Driver, Non-Condensing Type

Figure 9.18

Category Items Equipment Type

Page 186: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-21

• Operating hydraulic power• Mechanical efficiency• Capacity overdesign factor• Head overdesign factor

9.4.2 Compressor SizingWhen an equipment item belongs to the Compressor unit operation type, it will be sized according to a number of parameters available in the Compressor Sizing Input Details group.

The Sizing Input Details group allows you to specify the following sizing parameters:

• Operating capacity• Operating adiabatic head• Operating polytropic head• Adiabatic efficiency• Polytropic efficiency• Operating gas power• Capacity overdesign factor• Head overdesign factor

Figure 9.19

9-21

Page 187: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-22 Tower Category

9-22

9.4.3 Expander SizingWhen an equipment item belongs to the Expander unit operation type, it will be sized according to a number of parameters available in the Expander Sizing Input Details group.

The Sizing Input Details group allows you to specify the following sizing parameters:

• Operating capacity• Operating mass enthalpy changes• Operating power output• Capacity overdesign factor

9.5 Tower CategoryThis category is used to size the Tower section of a Column (the Reboilers and Condensers are sized under the Heat Transfer category). Towers can be either trayed or packed.

Equipment sizing is determined based on tower type (Trayed or Packed). An overview of the sizing information available for each type is outlined in the following sections.

Figure 9.20

Category Item Equipment Type

Trayed SectionStandard Tower - Packed

Standard Tower - Trayed

Page 188: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-23

9.5.1 Packed Tower SizingIf the equipment is a Standard Tower - Packed type, then an extensive set of sizing parameters become available.

Sizing details for Packed Tower are organized by radio buttons. The General radio button details general sizing information and the Packed radio button details packing specific sizing information.

General Radio Button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Stages with Vapour in Feed - Sizing Based On• Area tolerance• Bottom sump height• Vapour disengagement height

Packed Radio Button

The following fields are available when the Packed radio button is selected:

• Packing type• Pressure drop correlation

Figure 9.21

Figure 9.22

9-23

Page 189: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-24 Tower Category

9-24

• System foaming factor• Maximum allowable flooding (percent)• Maximum allowable pressure drop

Packing Types

From the drop down box, the packing type for a Packed column may be chosen. The following packing types are available in different sizes for packed columns:

• Ballast Rings (Metal/Plastic)• Ballast Plus Rings (Metal)• Ballast Saddles (Plastic)• Berl Saddles (Ceramic)• Cascade MiniRing (Metal/Plastic/Ceramic)• Chempak (Metal)• Flexipac (Metal Structured)• Flexirings (Metal)• Gempak (Metal Structured)• Glitsch Grid (Metal Structured) Structured• Goodloe (Metal Structured) Structured• Heli-Pak (Wire Coil Packing)• Hy-Pak Rings (Metal)• Hypertil (Metal Structured) Structured• Intalox Saddles (Ceramic)• Jaeger Max Pack SS C2• Jaeger Tri Packs (Plastic)• Jaeger VSP SS• Koch-Sulzer (BX) (Metal Structured) Structured• Lessing Experimental (Metal) 1-1/2 inch• Leva Packing (Plastic) No. 2• Maspak (Plastic)• Montz A-2 (Metal Structured) Structured• Neo-Kloss (Metal Structured) Structured• Norton Intalox Metal Tower Packing• Nutter Rings (Metal)• Pall Rings (Metal/Plastic)• Protruded (Metal)• Raschig Rings 1/32 inch wall (CSteel)• Raschig Rings 1/16 inch wall (CSteel)• Raschig Rings (Ceramic/Carbon)• Super Intalox Saddles (Plastic/Ceramic)

Page 190: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-25

• Tellerettes (Plastic)• Cross-Partition Rings (Ceramic)

9.5.2 Trayed Tower SizingIf the equipment is a Standard Tower - Trayed type, then an extensive set of sizing parameters become available.

Sizing details for Trayed Columns are organized by radio buttons. The General and Trayed radio buttons will always be available while the Sieve Tray, Valve Tray or Bubble Cap Tray radio buttons will be available depending upon the tray type selected in the Selection Phase tab (see Section 8.1.4 - Tower Category).

General Radio Button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Stages with Vapour in Feed - Sizing Based On• Area tolerance• Bottom sump height• Vapour disengagement height• Tower sized with multiple sections - designed as

Figure 9.23

9-25

Page 191: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-26 Tower Category

9-26

Trayed Radio Button

The following fields are available when the Trayed radio button is selected (fields are organized into categories):

• Overall tray efficiency (percent)• Diameter factor• Tray spacing• Tray thickness• System foaming factor• Maximum pressure drop per tray (height of liquid)• Maximum tray flooding (percent)• Downcomer type• Downcomer clearance• Maximum downcomer backup (percent)• Weir height• Maximum weir loading

Figure 9.24

Page 192: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-27

Sieve Tray Radio Button

The following fields are available when the Sieve Tray radio button is selected:

• Hole diameter• Hole spacing factor

Valve Tray Radio Button

The following fields are available when the Valve Tray radio button is selected:

• Design manual• Orifice type• Valve density• Valve thickness• Hole area (percent of active area)

Figure 9.25

Figure 9.26

9-27

Page 193: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-28 Reactor Category

9-28

Bubble Cap Tray Radio Button

The following fields are available when the Bubble Cap Tray radio button is selected:

• Cap slot height• Hole area (percent of active area)

9.6 Reactor CategoryThis category is used to size all reactor related unit operations, which are preselected on the Selection Phase tab. The various unit operations along with their available equipment types included in this category are outlined in the following table:

Figure 9.27

Category Item Equipment Type

Plug Flow Reactor

Standard Tower - Packed Single Diameter

Vertical Standard Process Vessel

Vertical Jacketed Process Vessel

Vertical Multi-walled Process Vessel

Horizontal Standard Process Vessel

Horizontal Jacketed Process Vessel

Horizontal Multi-walled Process Vessel

Continuously-Stirred-TankReactor

Agitated Tank - Enclosed, Jacketed

Agitated Tank - Enclosed

Agitated Tank - Open Top

Page 194: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-29

Equipment sizing is determined based upon unit operation type (PFR, CSTR, Gibbs, Equilibrium, and Conversion Reactors). An overview of the sizing information available for each unit operation type is outlined in the following sections.

9.6.1 Plug Flow Reactor SizingWhen the equipment item belongs to the Plug Flow Reactor unit operations type, it will be sized according to a number of parameters available in the Sizing Input Details group. Sizing parameters will differ depending upon whether or not the reactor is a packed type or a tank type.

Gibbs Reactor

Equilibrium Reactor

Conversion Reactor

Agitated Tank - Enclosed, Jacketed

Agitated Tank - Enclosed

Agitated Tank - Open Top

Standard Tower - Packed Single-Diameter

Vertical Standard Process Vessel

Vertical Jacketed Process Vessel

Vertical Multi-walled Process Vessel

Horizontal Standard Process Vessel

Horizontal Jacketed Process Vessel

Horizontal Multi-walled Process Vessel

Sphere

Spheroid

A-frame Type Process Furnace

Box-type Process Frame

Vertical Cylindrical Process Furnace

Box-type Reformer without Catalyst

Pyrolysis Unit

Category Item Equipment Type

9-29

Page 195: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-30 Reactor Category

9-30

Packed Plug Flow Reactor

If the reactor is Packed Plug Flow reactor, the following sizing parameters available in the Sizing Input Details group are:

• Tube diameter• Tube length• Number of tubes• Void Fraction

Tank Plug Flow Reactor

If the reactor is Tank type Plug Flow reactor (Vertical/Horizontal Standard Process Vessel, Vertical/Horizontal Jacketed Process Vessel, etc.) the following sizing parameters available in the Sizing Input Details group are:

• Minimum Reactor capacity• Height/Length to diameter ratio

Figure 9.28

Figure 9.29

Page 196: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-31

9.6.2 Continuously-Stirred-Tank Reactor Sizing

When the equipment item belongs to the CSTR Reactor unit operations type, it will be sized according to a number of parameters available in the Continuously-Stirred-Tank Reactor Sizing Input Details group.

The Sizing Input Details group allows you to specify the following sizing parameters for CSTR reactors:

• Minimum Reactor capacity• Height to diameter ratio

9.6.3 Gibbs, Conversion and Equilibrium Reactor Sizing

When the equipment item belongs to the General Reactor unit operations type, it will be sized according to a number of parameters available in the Gibbs, Equilibrium or Conversion Reactor Sizing Input Details group.

The Sizing Input Details group allows you to specify the following sizing parameters for general reactors:

• Minimum Reactor capacity• Height/Length to diameter ratio

Figure 9.30

Figure 9.31

9-31

Page 197: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-32 Solids Handling Category

9-32

9.7 Solids Handling Category

This category is used to size all solids handling related unit operations, which are preselected on the Selection Phase tab. The various unit operations along with their available equipment types included in this category are outlined in the following table.

Equipment sizing is determined based upon unit operation type. An overview of the sizing information available for each unit operation type is outlined in the following sections.

9.7.1 Baghouse Filter SizingWhen an equipment item belongs to the Baghouse Filter unit operation type, it will be sized according to a number of parameters available in the Baghouse Filter Sizing Input Details group.

Category Items Equipment Type

Baghouse Filter Baghouse with Motor Shakers

Baghouse with Injected Pulsed Air

Cyclone Cyclone Dust Collector

Multiple-Cyclone Dust Collector

Hydrocyclone Water Cyclone Dust Collector

Rotary Vacuum Filter Rotary Drum Filter

Rotary Disk Filter

Rotary Vacuum Filter Cyclone Dust Collector

Multiple-Cyclone Dust Collector

Simple SolidSeparator

Cyclone Dust Collector

Multiple-Cyclone Dust Collector

Figure 9.32

Page 198: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Sizing Phase 9-33

The Sizing Input Details group allows you to specify the following sizing parameters for baghouse filters:

• Bag diameter• Surface area per bag• Number of bags per baghouse• Surface area per baghouse• Number of Baghouses• Total surface area

9.7.2 Cyclone SizingWhen an equipment item belongs to the Cyclone unit operation type, it will be sized according to a number of parameters available in the Cyclone Sizing Input Details group.

The Sizing Input Details group allows you to specify the following sizing parameters for cyclones:

• Cyclone diameter• Number of cyclones

Figure 9.33

9-33

Page 199: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

9-34 Solids Handling Category

9-34

9.7.3 Hydrocyclone SizingWhen an equipment item belongs to the Hydrocyclone unit operation type, it will be sized according to a number of parameters available in the Hydrocyclone Sizing Input Details group.

The Sizing Input Details group allows you to specify the following sizing parameters for Hydrocyclone:

• Hydrocyclone diameter• Number of Hydrocyclones

9.7.4 Rotary Vacuum Filter SizingWhen an equipment item belongs to the Rotary Vacuum Filter unit operation type, it will be sized according to a number of parameters available in the Rotary Vacuum Filter Sizing Input Details group.

The Sizing Input Details group allows you to specify the following sizing parameters for rotary vacuum filters:

• Filter diameter• Filter length

Figure 9.34

Figure 9.35

Page 200: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-1

10 Design Phase

10.1 Checking the Design on All Items .......................................................... 11

10.2 A-frame Type Process Furnace............................................................... 11

10.3 Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Motor............................................... 12

10.4 Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Turbine............................................ 13

10.5 Air Compressor - Reciprocating with Gas Engine ................................ 13

10.6 Air Compressor - Reciprocating with Motor.......................................... 13

10.7 Air Compressor - Single Reciprocating One-Stage .............................. 14

10.8 Air Compressor - Single Reciprocating Two-Stage .............................. 14

10.9 Air Cooler - Free Standing or Rack-Mounted ........................................ 14

10.10 Agitated Tank - Enclosed....................................................................... 16

10.11 Agitated Tank - Enclosed, Jacketed ..................................................... 18

10.12 Agitated Tank - Open Top ...................................................................... 18

10.13 API 610 Pump ......................................................................................... 18

10.14 API 610 In-line Pump.............................................................................. 19

10.15 Axial Flow Vertical Pump....................................................................... 19

10.16 Baghouse with Injected Pulsed Air ...................................................... 20

10.17 Baghouse with Motor Shakers.............................................................. 21

10.18 Box-type Process Furnace .................................................................... 21

10-1

Page 201: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-2

10-2

10.19 Box-type Reformer without Catalyst .................................................... 21

10.20 Canned Motor Pump .............................................................................. 22

10.21 Canned Rotor Gear Pump ..................................................................... 23

10.22 Centrifugal Single or Multi-stage Pump ............................................... 24

10.23 Cone Bottom Storage Bin...................................................................... 24

10.24 Cryogenic Storage Tank ........................................................................ 26

10.25 Cyclone Dust Collector.......................................................................... 27

10.26 Diaphragm Pump - TFE Type ................................................................ 28

10.27 Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger ............................. 29

10.28 Flat-Bottom Storage Tank with Optional Roof..................................... 30

10.29 Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger ................................... 32

10.30 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Horizontal............................................ 34

10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear ....................................... 35

10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating ......................................................... 36

10.33 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating, Integral Gas Engine ..................... 36

10.34 Gas Turbine with Combustion Chamber .............................................. 37

10.35 General Service Pump ........................................................................... 37

10.36 General Service In-line Pump................................................................ 38

10.37 Jacketed Process Vessel....................................................................... 38

10.37.1 Horizontal Jacketed Process Vessel .................................................. 3810.37.2 Vertical Jacketed Process Vessel....................................................... 39

10.38 Kettle with Floating Head ...................................................................... 39

10.39 Live Bottom Storage Bin ....................................................................... 41

10.40 Low Consistency Stock Pump .............................................................. 42

10.41 Low Pressure Gas Storage Vessel ....................................................... 43

10.42 Mechanical Seal Gear Pump ................................................................. 43

10.43 Multi-walled Process Vessel.................................................................. 43

Page 202: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-3

10.44 Multiple-Cyclone Dust Collector ........................................................... 43

10.45 Plastic ANSI Single-stage Pump........................................................... 44

10.46 Pyrolysis Unit ......................................................................................... 45

10.47 Reciprocating Duplex Pump - Steam Driver ........................................ 45

10.48 Reciprocating Positive Displacement Plunger Pump ......................... 46

10.49 Reciprocating Simplex Pump - Steam Driver ...................................... 46

10.50 Rotary Disk Filter.................................................................................... 46

10.51 Rotary Drum Filter.................................................................................. 47

10.52 Rotary (Sliding Vanes) Pump ................................................................ 48

10.53 Slurry Pump............................................................................................ 48

10.54 Sphere ..................................................................................................... 48

10.55 Spheroid.................................................................................................. 49

10.56 Standard ANSI Magnetic Drive Pump................................................... 49

10.57 Standard ANSI Single-stage Pump....................................................... 49

10.58 Standard External Gear Rotary Pump .................................................. 50

10.59 Standard Process Vessel....................................................................... 51

10.59.1 Horizontal Standard Process Vessel.................................................. 5110.59.2 Vertical Standard Process Vessel ...................................................... 53

10.60 Standard Tower - Packed Single Diameter........................................... 55

10.61 Standard Tower - Packed Double Diameter ......................................... 57

10.62 Standard Tower - Trayed Single Diameter............................................ 59

10.63 Standard Tower - Trayed Double Diameter .......................................... 60

10.64 Steam Turbine Driver, Condensing Type.............................................. 60

10.65 Steam Turbine Driver, Non-Condensing Type ..................................... 61

10.66 Thermosiphon (Horizontal Shell, Fixed Tube Sheet) .......................... 61

10.67 Thermosiphon (Horizontal Shell, Floating Head) ................................ 62

10.68 Thermosiphon (Horizontal Shell, U-tube) ............................................ 62

10-3

Page 203: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-4

10-4

10.69 Thermosiphon (Vertical Shell, Fixed Tube Sheet) ............................... 62

10.70 Triplex Plunger Pump - Motor Driver.................................................... 63

10.71 U-tube Kettle ........................................................................................... 63

10.72 U-tube Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger ............................................... 64

10.73 Vertical Cylindrical Process Furnace ................................................... 64

10.74 Vertical Sump Pump - Turbine Impeller................................................ 64

10.75 Water Cyclone - Mineral Separation ..................................................... 64

Page 204: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-5

The Design Phase tab allows you to do a detail equipment design for all the selected equipment types. When you access the Design Phase tab view, a number of groups become visible, as outlined in Figure 10.1.

• Equipment Categories - This group shows the variousequipment categories available in ECONOMIX. You candisplay the equipment associated with each category, in theCategory Items group, by selecting the appropriate radiobutton.

• Category Items - This group lists all the equipment based onthe category selected in Equipment Categories group.

• Design Input Details - This group allows you to specify all thedesign parameters for the selected unit operation. You canswitch between different tables by selecting the appropriateradio button.

Equipment items are filtered by category according to the radio button selected in the Equipment Categories group. The six different equipment categories available in ECONOMIX along with their

Figure 10.1

The Equipment Categoriesgroup filters the equipmentitems by category name.Equipment items aredisplayed in the CategoryItems group.

The equipment items imported into Economixare listed in the Category Items group based onthe radio button selected in the EquipmentCategories group.

This view allows you to specifyspecific design parameters foreach category item based uponits equipment type.

This button allows you tocheck the design of all unitoperations.

10-5

Page 205: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-6

10-6

associated equipment types (separated by category items) and the respective ICARUS reference pages are listed as follows:

Equipment Category Category Item Equipment TypeICARUS PageReference

Vessel

Separator

Standard Process Vessel 10-5, 10-8

Jacketed Process vessel 10-7, 10-13

Multi-walled Process Vessel 10-3, 10-11

3 Phase Separator

Standard Process Vessel 10-3, 10-11

Jacketed Process vessel 10-3, 10-11

Multi-walled Process Vessel 10-3, 10-11

Tank

Flat-Bottom Storage Tank With Optional Roof

Vertical Standard Process Vessel 10-8

Vertical Jacketed Process Vessel 10-13

Vertical Multi-walled Process Vessel 10-11

Horizontal Standard Process Vessel 10-5

Horizontal Jacketed Process Vessel 10-7

Horizontal Multi-walled Process Vessel 10-3

Low Pressure Gas Storage Vessel 10-22

Sphere 10-15

Spheroid 10-17

Cryogenic Storage tank 10-20

Cone Bottom Storage Bin 10-22

Live Bottom Storage Bin 10-24

Page 206: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-7

Heat Transfer

Cooler

Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger 5-3

Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube HeatExchanger

5-5

U-tube shell and Tube Heat Exchanger 5-8

Heater

Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger 5-3

Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube HeatExchanger

5-5

U-tube shell and Tube Heat Exchanger 5-8

A-frame Type Process Furnace 5-21

Box-type Cylindrical Process Frame

Box-type Cylindrical Process Frame

Heat Exchanger

Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger 5-3

Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube HeatExchanger

5-5

U-tube shell and Tube Heat Exchanger 5-8

Air Cooler Air Cooler, Free Standing or Rack-Mounted 5-7

Partial Condenser /Total Condenser /3 Phase Condenser

Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger 5-3

Air Cooler, Free Standing or Rack-Mounted 5-7

Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube HeatExchanger

5-5

U-tube shell and Tube Heat Exchanger 5-8

Reboiler / 3 PhaseReboiler

U-tube Kettle-type Reboiler 5-17

Thermosiphon-type Reboiler (Horizontal Shellwith Floating Head)

5-15

Thermosiphon-type Reboiler (Horizontal Shellwith Fixed Tube Sheet)

5-19

Thermosiphon-type Reboiler (Horizontal Shellwith U-tube)

5-17

Thermosiphon-type Reboiler (Vertical Shell withFixed Tube Sheet)

5-19

Equipment Category Category Item Equipment TypeICARUS PageReference

10-7

Page 207: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-8

10-8

Rotating Equipment

Pump

Standard ANSI Single Stage Pump 7-4

Plastic ANSI Single Stage Pump 7-5

API 610 Pump 7-3

API 610 In-line Pump 7-7

Axial Flow Vertical Pump 7-7

Canned Motor Pump 7-9

Centrifugal Single or Multi-stage Pump 7-6

General Service Pump 7-6

General Service In-line Pump 7-8

Vertical Sump Pump - Turbine Impeller 7-7

Low consistency Stock Pump 7-9

Standard ANSI Magnetic Drive Pump 7-9

Canned Rotor Gear Pump 7-10

Standard External Gear Rotary Pump 7-10

Mechanical Seal Gear Pump 7-10

Diaphragm Pump - TFE Type 7-11

Reciprocating Simplex Pump - Steam Driver 7-11

Reciprocating Duplex Pump - Steam Driver 7-11

Triplex Plunger Pump - Motor Driver 7-11

Reciprocating Positive Displacement PlungerPump

7-12

Rotary (Sliding Vanes) Pump 7-12

Slurry Pump 7-12

Compressor

Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Horizontal 3-5

Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear 3-6

Gas Compressor - Reciprocating 3-7

Gas Compressor - Reciprocating with IntegralGas Engine

3-7

Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Motor 3-3

Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Turbine 3-3

Air Compressor - Reciprocating with GasEngine

3-4

Air Compressor - Reciprocating with Motor 3-4

Air Compressor - Single Reciprocating One-Stage

3-4

Air Compressor - Single Reciprocating Two-Stage

3-4

Expander

Gas Turbine with Combustion Chamber 4-7

Steam Turbine Driver, Condensing Type 4-7

Steam Turbine Driver, Non-Condensing Type 4-7

Equipment Category Category Item Equipment TypeICARUS PageReference

Page 208: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-9

Tower Tray Section

Standard Tower, Packed Single-Diameter 8-12, 8-13

Standard Tower, Packed Double-Diameter 8-7, 8-8

Standard Tower, Trayed Single-Diameter 8-14, 8-15, 8-16

Standard Tower, Trayed Double-Diameter 8-9, 8-10, 8-11, 8-16

Reactor

Plug Flow Reactor

Standard Tower - Packed Single Diameter 8-12

Vertical Standard Process Vessel 10-8

Vertical Jacketed Process Vessel 10-13

Vertical Multi-walled Process Vessel 10-11

Horizontal Standard Process Vessel 10-5

Horizontal Jacketed Process Vessel 10-7

Horizontal Multi-walled Process Vessel 10-3

Continuously-Stirred-TankReactor

Agitated Tank - Enclosed, Jacketed 2-6

Agitated Tank - Enclosed 2-5

Agitated Tank - Open Top 2-8

Gibbs Reactor

ConversionReactor

EquilibriumReactor

Agitated Tank - Enclosed, Jacketed 2-6

Agitated Tank - Enclosed 2-5

Agitated Tank - Open Top 2-8

Standard Tower - Packed Single-Diameter 8-12

Vertical Standard Process Vessel 10-8

Vertical Jacketed Process Vessel 10-13

Vertical Multi-walled Process Vessel 10-11

Horizontal Standard Process Vessel 10-5

Horizontal Jacketed Process Vessel 10-7

Horizontal Multi-walled Process Vessel 10-3

Sphere 10-15

Spheroid 10-17

A-frame Type Process Furnace 5-21

Box-type Process Frame 5-22

Vertical Cylindrical Process Furnace 5-22

Box-type Reformer without Catalyst 5-22

Pyrolysis Unit 5-22

Equipment Category Category Item Equipment TypeICARUS PageReference

10-9

Page 209: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-10

10-10

Solids Handling

Baghouse FilterBaghouse with Motor Shakers 14-16

Baghouse with Injected Pulsed Air 14-8

CycloneCyclone Dust Collector 14-7

Multiple-Cyclone Dust Collector 14-8

Hydrocyclone WaterCyclone - Mineral Separation 14-13

Rotary VacuumFilter

Rotary Drum Filter 14-11

Rotary Disk Filter 14-10

Simple SolidSeparator

Cyclone Dust Collector 14-7

Multiple-Cyclone Dust Collector 14-8

Equipment Category Category Item Equipment TypeICARUS PageReference

Page 210: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-11

10.1 Checking the Design on All Items

On the Design Phase tab, you can check the design of all unit operations. To perform this check, do as follows:

1. Click the Check All Items button.

You have the option to view any design ERRORS or WARNINGS in the Trace Window. ERRORS must be corrected by modifying the appropriate input value. Once the input value has been changed, you may again click the Check All Item button then check the trace window to see if the ERROR(S) was corrected. If not, the procedure may be repeated as many times as necessary to correct the ERROR. If the ERROR is not fixed, Report Data will not be generated for that Equipment Item.

10.2 A-frame Type Process Furnace

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detail design information, for the A-frame Type Process Furnace, in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Process Type• Standard Gas Flow (applies only to GAS Process Type)• Liquid Actual Volume Flow (applies only to LIQ Process Type)• Duty• Design Pressure• Design Temperature• Furnace Material Type

Check All Items button

10-11

Page 211: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-12 Air Compressor - Centrifugal with

10-12

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.3 Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Motor

If an Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Motor type is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Casting Material Type• Driver Power• Inlet Pressure• Inlet Temperature• Exit Pressure• Exit Temperature• Actual Volume Capacity at Inlet Conditions

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

Page 212: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-13

10.4 Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Turbine

The design information for Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Turbine type is similar to that for the Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Motor type and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio buttons (General or Costing).

10.5 Air Compressor - Reciprocating with Gas Engine

If an Air Compressor - Reciprocating with Gas Engine type is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio buttons. The fields available upon selecting either the General or Costing radio buttons are similar to what has been shown for the Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Motor type.

10.6 Air Compressor - Reciprocating with Motor

The design information for Air Compressor - Reciprocating with Motor type is similar to that for the Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Motor type and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio buttons (General or Costing).

10-13

Page 213: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-14 Air Compressor - Single

10-14

10.7 Air Compressor - Single Reciprocating One-Stage

If an Air Compressor - Single Reciprocating One-Stage type is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio buttons. The fields available upon selecting either the General or Costing radio buttons are similar to what has been shown for the Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Motor type.

10.8 Air Compressor - Single Reciprocating Two-Stage

The design information for Air Compressor - Single Reciprocating Two-Stage type is similar to that for the Air Compressor - Centrifugal with Motor type and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio buttons (General or Costing).

10.9 Air Cooler - Free Standing or Rack-Mounted

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detail design information for the Air Cooler - Free Standing or Rack-Mounted equipment type in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button.

Page 214: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-15

Primary radio button

The following fields are available when the Primary radio button is selected:

• Inlet Temperature• Bare Tube Area• Tube Outside Diameter• Tube Length• Bay Width• Number of Bays• Number of Tube Rows• Design Pressure• Tube Material Type• Tube Thickness• Header Corrosion Allowance• Plenum Type• Louver Type• Fin Type• Fin Pitch (ignore if bare tubes)• Fin Material (ignore if bare tubes)• Tube Fin Height (ignore if bare tubes)• Tube Pitch• Number of Fans Per Bay• Power Per Fan• Leg Height (for air coolers at grade only)• Number of Walkways

Secondary radio button

The following fields are available when the Secondary radio button is selected:

• Inlet Temperature• Bare Tube Area• Tube Outside Diameter• Design Pressure• Tube Material Type• Tube Thickness• Header Corrosion Allowance

10-15

Page 215: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-16 Agitated Tank - Enclosed

10-16

Tertiary radio button

When the Tertiary radio button is selected, the fields that are available are the same as those for the Secondary radio button.

Costing radio button

When the Costing radio button is selected, the following fields are available:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.10 Agitated Tank - Enclosed

If a Agitated Tank - Enclosed type is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Vessel Application or Function• Vessel Capacity• Diameter Measurement Option• Vessel Diameter• Vessel Height• Operating Temperature• Design Temperature• Design Pressure• Design Vacuum• Stiffening Ring Spacing• Shell Material Type• Shell Material Thickness• Corrosion Allowance• Number of Manholes• Manhole Diameter

Page 216: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-17

• Cladding Material Type• Cladding Thickness• Number of Body Flange Sets• Weld Efficiency Percent• Stress Relieving

Agitation radio button

The following fields are available when the Agitation radio button is selected:

• Agitator Driver Type• Agitator Power• Impeller Type• Impeller Diameter• Number of Impellers• Impeller Speed• Fluid Depth• Skirt or Leg height• Product Density• Fluid Viscosity• Power Function• Reynolds Number

Jacket radio button

The following fields are available when the Jacket radio button is selected:

• Jacket Type• Jacket Material Type• Jacket Pressure• Jacket Thickness

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10-17

Page 217: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-18 Agitated Tank - Enclosed, Jacketed

10-18

10.11 Agitated Tank - Enclosed, Jacketed

The design information for the Agitated Tank - Enclosed, Jacketed type is similar to that for the Agitated Tank - Enclosed type, and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio buttons.

10.12 Agitated Tank - Open Top

If an Agitated Tank - Open Top type is selected as the Equipment Type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. The fields that are available are the similar to those shown for the Agitated Tank - Enclosed type, except for the Vessel Application or Function, Design Pressure and Design Vacuum in the General radio button data table.

10.13 API 610 PumpThe design information for API 610 Pump is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio button:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Design Capacity• Pump Head• Pump Percent Efficiency• Driver Type• Driver Power• Design Pressure• Design Temperature• Casing Material Type• Seal Type

Page 218: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-19

• Speed• Turbine Inlet Pressure• Fluid Specific Gravity• Fluid Viscosity

Pipe Plan radio button

The following fields are available when the Pipe Plan radio button is selected:

• Primary Seal Pipe Plan• Secondary Seal Pipe Plan• Cooling Water Pipe Plan• Pipe Plan Connection Type• Pipe Plan Material Type

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.14 API 610 In-line PumpThe design information for API 610 In-line Pump is similar to that for API 610 Pump and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. All data fields are available except Turbine inlet pressure in the General radio button data table.

10.15 Axial Flow Vertical Pump

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detail design information, for the Axial Flow Vertical Pump, in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

10-19

Page 219: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-20 Baghouse with Injected Pulsed Air

10-20

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Design Capacity• Pump Head• Driver Power• Design Temperature• Casing Material Type• Fluid Specific Gravity

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.16 Baghouse with Injected Pulsed Air

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detailed design information, for the Baghouse with Injected Pulsed Air filter type, in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Actual Volume Flow• Inlet Temperature• Actual Volume Flow to Media Ratio• Surface Area• Material Construction• Boiler Capacity

Page 220: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-21

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.17 Baghouse with Motor Shakers

The design information for the Baghouse with Motor Shakers filter type is the same as that for the Baghouse with Injected Pulse Air filter type, and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button (General and Costing).

10.18 Box-type Process Furnace

The design information for Box-type Process Furnace is the same as that for the A-frame Type Process Furnace and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button.

10.19 Box-type Reformer without Catalyst

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detailed design information, for the Box-type Reformer without Catalyst, in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

10-21

Page 221: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-22 Canned Motor Pump

10-22

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Process Type• Standard Gas Flow (applies only to GAS Process Type)• Actual Liquid Volume Flow (applies only to LIQ Process Type)• Duty• Design Pressure• Design Temperature• Furnace Material Type

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Item

10.20 Canned Motor PumpIf a Canned Motor Pump is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Design Capacity• Pump Head• Pump Percent Efficiency• Design Pressure• Design Temperature• Casing Material Type• Fluid Specific Gravity• Fluid Viscosity

Page 222: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-23

Costing radio button

The following fields are available upon the selection of the Costing radio button:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.21 Canned Rotor Gear Pump

If a Canned Rotor Motor Pump is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Design Capacity• Driver Power• Speed• Casing Material Type• Fluid Viscosity

Costing radio button

The following fields are available upon the selection of the Costing radio button:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10-23

Page 223: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-24 Centrifugal Single or Multi-stage

10-24

10.22 Centrifugal Single or Multi-stage Pump

The design information for Centrifugal Single or Multi-stage Pump, which is available on selecting General Pipe Plan and Costing radio buttons, is similar to that for API 610 Pump and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. The only fields which is not required for Centrifugal Single or Multi-stage Pump is the Casing Material Type information on the General pump characteristic tables.

10.23 Cone Bottom Storage Bin

If a Cone Bottom Storage Bin is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Operating Temperature• Design Temperature• Design Pressure• Capacity• Diameter Measurement Option• Diameter• Height• Shell Material Type• Shell Material Thickness (includes corrosion allowance)• Corrosion Allowance• Allowance for Internals (% of basic vessel weight)• Bottom Head Thickness (including corrosion allowance)• Top Head Thickness (including corrosion allowance)• Leg Height• Number of Manholes

Page 224: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-25

• Manhole Diameter• Cladding Material Type• Cladding Thickness• Number of Body Flange Pairs (same diameter as vessel)• Stress Relieving

Fatigue Analysis radio button

The following fields are available when the Fatigue Analysis radio button is selected:

• ASME Design Basis• Number of Hydrostatic Tests During Vessel Life• Startup Cycles During Vessel Life (thousands)• Pressure Cycles During Vessel Life (thousands)• Pressure Cycle Amplitude (% deviation from design)• Temperature Cycles During Vessel Life (thousands)• Temperature Cycle Amplitude (% deviation from design)

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10-25

Page 225: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-26 Cryogenic Storage Tank

10-26

10.24 Cryogenic Storage Tank

If a Cryogenic Storage Tank is selected as an equipment type, the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Operating Temperature• Design Temperature• Design Pressure• Design Vacuum• Vessel Capacity• Diameter Measurement Option• Vessel Diameter• Vessel Height• Shell Material Type• Shell Material Thickness (includes corrosion allow.)• Corrosion Allowance• Head Type• Allowance for Internals (% of basic vessel weight)• Vessel Leg Height (skip if skirt height is required)• Number of Manholes• Manhole Diameter• Stiffening Ring Spacing• Weld Efficiency Percent• Stress Relieving

Page 226: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-27

Jacket radio button

The following fields are available when the Jacket radio button is selected:

• Jacket Type• Jacket Material Type• Jacket Pressure• Jacket Thickness

Wind and Seismic radio button

The following fields are available when the Wind and Seismic radio button is selected:

• Wind and Seismic Design• Fluid Volume (% of vessel volume)• Vessel Skirt Height

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.25 Cyclone Dust CollectorIf a Cyclone Dust Collector type is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Inlet Temperature• Actual Volume Flow• Pressure Drop

10-27

Page 227: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-28 Diaphragm Pump - TFE Type

10-28

• Cyclone Diameter• Cyclone Material Type

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.26 Diaphragm Pump - TFE Type

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detailed design information, for the Diaphragm Pump - TFE Type, in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio button:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Design Capacity• Pump Head• Driver Power• Design Temperature• Casing Material Type• Fluid Specific Gravity

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

Page 228: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-29

10.27 Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

If a Fixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Number of Shell Passes• Expansion Joint• Channel Material Type• Tube Seal Type• Weld X-ray Percentage• Vendor Grade• Regulator Type (For JP Country Base Only)

Shell radio button

The following fields are available when the Shell radio button is selected:

• Total Surface Area• Number of Shells• Shell Design Pressure• Shell Design Temperature• Shell Material Type• Shell Diameter• Shell Material Thickness• Shell Corrosion Allowance• Shell-Side Pipe Material Type• Front End TEMA Type• Shell TEMA Type• Rear End TEMA Type• Cladding Location• Cladding Material Type

10-29

Page 229: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-30 Flat-Bottom Storage Tank with

10-30

• Cladding Thickness• Stress Relieving

Tube/Tube Sheet radio button

The following fields are available when the Tube/Tube Sheet radio button is selected:

• Number of Tubes Per Shell• Number of Tube Passes• Tube Design Pressure• Tube Design Temperature• Tube Outside Diameter• Extended Tube Length• Tube Material Type• Tube Wall Gauge• Tube Wall Thickness• Tube Corrosion Allowance• Tube Pitch• Tube Pitch Type• Tube-Side Pipe Material Type• Tube Sheet Material Type• Tube Sheet Thickness• Tube Sheet Corrosion Allowance

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.28 Flat-Bottom Storage Tank with Optional Roof

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detailed design information, for the Flat-Bottom Storage Tank with Optional Roof, in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

Page 230: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-31

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Operating Temperature• Design Temperature• Design Pressure• Capacity• Diameter Measurement Option• Diameter• Height• Shell Material Type• Shell Material Thickness (includes corrosion allow.)• Corrosion Allowance• Allowance for Internals (% of basic vessel weight)• Number of Manholes• Manhole Diameter• Cladding Material Type• Cladding Thickness

Detailed radio button

The following fields are available when the Detailed radio button is selected:

• Specific Gravity• Tank Roof Type• Tank Bottom Type• Flame Arrestor Diameter• Conservation Vent Diameter

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10-31

Page 231: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-32 Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat

10-32

10.29 Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detailed design information, for the Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger, in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Number of Shell Passes• Expansion Joint• Channel Material Type• Tube Seal Type• Weld X-ray Percentage• Vendor Grade• Regulator Type (For JP Country Base Only)

Shell radio button

The following fields are available when the Shell radio button is selected:

• Total Surface Area• Number of Shells• Shell Design Pressure• Shell Design Temperature• Shell Material Type• Shell Diameter• Shell Material Thickness• Shell Corrosion Allowance• Shell-Side Pipe Material Type• Front End TEMA Type• Shell TEMA Type• Rear End TEMA Type• Cladding Location• Cladding Material Type

Page 232: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-33

• Cladding Thickness• Stress Relieving

Tube/Tube Sheet radio button

The following fields are available when the Tube/Tube Sheet radio button is selected:

• Number of Tubes Per Shell• Number of Tube Passes• Tube Design Pressure• Tube Design Temperature• Tube Outside Diameter• Extended Tube Length• Tube Material Type• Tube Wall Gauge• Tube Wall Thickness• Tube Corrosion Allowance• Tube Pitch• Tube Pitch Type• Tube-Side Pipe Material Type• Tube Sheet Material Type• Tube Sheet Thickness• Tube Sheet Corrosion Allowance• Vendor Grade

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10-33

Page 233: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-34 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal

10-34

10.30 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Horizontal

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detailed design information, for the Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Horizontal, and is shown in the Gas Compressor Input Design Detail group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Casting Material Type• Driver Power• Inlet Pressure• Inlet Temperature• Exit Pressure• Exit Temperature• Actual Volume Capacity at Inlet Conditions

Detailed radio button

The following fields are available when the Detailed radio button is selected:

• Molecular Weight• Specific Heat Ratio• Inlet Compressibility Factor• Outlet Compressibility Factor• Maximum Interstage Temperature• Intercooler Outlet Temperature• Driver Type• Number of Impellers• Compression Speed• Gear Reducer Requirement• Lube Oil System Requirement• Turbine Inlet Pressure

Page 234: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-35

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear

If a Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group appears. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The fields that are available when the General radio button is selected is the same as those for the Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Horizontal type.

Detailed radio button

The fields that are available when the Detailed radio button is selected are similar to those seen for the Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Horizontal type but the Gear Reducer Requirement information is not required. Additional information is listed below:

• Gas Type Option• Lube Oil System Requirement• Turbine Inlet Pressure• Inter-cooler Requirement• After-cooler Requirement• Shop Assembly Option

Costing radio button

The fields that are available when the Costing radio button is selected is the same as those for the Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Horizontal

10-35

Page 235: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-36 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating

10-36

type.

10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating

If a Gas Compressor - Reciprocating is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group appears. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The fields that are available when the General radio button is selected is the same as those for the Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Horizontal type, except the Reciprocating compressor does not require information regarding Casting Material Type.

Detailed radio button

The fields that are available when the Detailed radio button is selected is the same as those for the Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Horizontal type except the Reciprocating compressor requires Number of Stages information instead of Number of Impellers.

Costing radio button

The fields that are available when the Costing radio button is selected is the same as those for the Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Horizontal type.

10.33 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating, Integral Gas Engine

The design information for this compressor is the same as that for the Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Horizontal type, and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio buttons (General and Costing).

Page 236: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-37

10.34 Gas Turbine with Combustion Chamber

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify the detailed design information, for the Gas Turbine with Combustion Chamber, in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following the radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Turbine Power Output• Material of Construction

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.35 General Service PumpIf a General Service Pump is selected as the Equipment Type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. The fields available on selecting General and Costing radio buttons are similar to what has been shown for the API 610 Pump, except the Pipe Plan radio button data is not available.

10-37

Page 237: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-38 General Service In-line Pump

10-38

10.36 General Service In-line Pump

The design information for General Service In-line Pump is similar to that for API 610 Pump, except the Pipe Plan radio button data is not available, and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. The only field which is not required for General Service In-line Pump is the Turbine Inlet Pressure information on the General pump characteristic table.

10.37 Jacketed Process Vessel

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detailed design information, for either the Horizontal or the Vertical Jacketed Process Vessel, in the Design Input Details group.

10.37.1 Horizontal Jacketed Process Vessel

If a Horizontal Jacketed Process Vessel is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. The fields available on selecting General, Horizontal and Costing radio button is similar to what has been shown for the Horizontal Standard Process Vessel. The only difference is an additional Jacket radio button which allows you to provide design information for the jacket.

Jacket radio button

The following fields are available when the Jacket radio button is selected:

• Jacket Type• Jacket Material Type• Jacket Pressure• Jacket Thickness

Page 238: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-39

10.37.2 Vertical Jacketed Process Vessel

If a Vertical Jacketed Process Vessel is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Inputs Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. The fields available on selecting General, Vertical, Fatigue Analysis, Wind and Seismic and Costing radio button is similar to what has been shown for the Vertical Standard Process Vessel. The only difference is an additional Jacket radio button which allows you to provide design information for the jacket.

Jacket radio button

The following fields are available when the Jacket radio button is selected:

• Jacket Type• Jacket Material Type• Jacket Pressure• Jacket Thickness

10.38 Kettle with Floating Head

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detailed design information, for the Reboiler - Kettle with Floating Head equipment type, in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Tube Port Diameter• Duty• Percent Vaporization• Heat of Vaporization• Specific Gravity of Tower Bottoms• Molecular Weight of Tower Bottoms

10-39

Page 239: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-40 Kettle with Floating Head

10-40

Shell radio button

The following fields are available when the Shell radio button is selected:

• Total Surface Area• Number of Shells• Shell Design Pressure• Shell Design Temperature• Shell Material Type• Shell Diameter• Shell Material Thickness• Shell Corrosion Allowance• Shell-Side Pipe Material Type• Front End TEMA Type• Shell TEMA Type• Rear End TEMA Type• Cladding Location• Cladding Material Type• Cladding Thickness• Stress Relieving

Tube/Tube Sheet radio button

The following fields are available when the Tube/Tube Sheet radio button is selected:

• Number of Tubes Per Shell• Number of Tube Passes• Tube Design Pressure• Tube Design Temperature• Tube Outside Diameter• Extended Tube Length• Tube Material Type• Tube Wall Gauge• Tube Wall Thickness• Tube Corrosion Allowance• Tube Pitch• Tube Pitch Type• Tube-Side Pipe Material Type• Tube Sheet Material Type• Tube Sheet Thickness

Page 240: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-41

• Tube Sheet Corrosion Allowance• Vendor Grade

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.39 Live Bottom Storage Bin

If a Live Bottom Storage Bin is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Operating Temperature• Design Temperature• Capacity• Diameter Measurement Option• Diameter• Height• Shell Material Type• Shell Material Thickness (includes corrosion allowance)• Corrosion Allowance• Allowance for Internals (% of basic vessel weight)• Leg Height• Number of Manholes• Manhole Diameter• Cladding Material Type• Cladding Thickness• Number of Body Flange Pairs (same diameter as vessel)• Stress Relieving

10-41

Page 241: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-42 Low Consistency Stock Pump

10-42

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.40 Low Consistency Stock Pump

If a Low Consistency Stock Pump is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Design Capacity• Pump Head• Pump Percent Efficiency• Driver Type• Driver Power• Design Temperature• Casing Material Type• Speed• Turbine Inlet Pressure• Consistency - Air Dried Solids %• Fluid Specific Gravity

Costing radio button

The following fields are available upon the selection of the Costing radio button:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

Page 242: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-43

10.41 Low Pressure Gas Storage Vessel

If a Low Pressure Gas Storage Vessel is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. The fields available on selecting General and Costing radio buttons are similar to what has been shown for the Flat-Bottom Storage Tank with Optional Roof, except Detailed radio button data is not available.

10.42 Mechanical Seal Gear Pump

The design information for the Mechanical Seal Gear Pump is the same as that for the Standard External Gear Rotary Pump and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button.

10.43 Multi-walled Process Vessel

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detailed design information, for either the Horizontal or the Vertical Multi-walled Process Vessel in the Design Input Details group. The radio buttons and the associated fields available in this group for Horizontal or Vertical Multi-walled Process Vessel are similar to what has been shown for horizontal and vertical Standard Process Vessels, respectively (refer to Section 10.59 - Standard Process Vessel for more information).

10.44 Multiple-Cyclone Dust Collector

The design information for the Multiple-Cyclone Dust Collector equipment type is similar to that for the Cyclone Dust Collector equipment type except for the Inlet Temperature and Pressure Drop fields, and is shown in the General and Costing Design Input Details. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button.

10-43

Page 243: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-44 Plastic ANSI Single-stage Pump

10-44

10.45 Plastic ANSI Single-stage Pump

If a Plastic ANSI Single-stage Pump is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Design Costing• Pump Head• Pump Percent Efficiency• Driver Type• Driver Power• Design Pressure• Design Temperature• Seal Type• Speed• Turbine Inlet Pressure• Fluid Specific Gravity• Fluid Viscosity

Costing radio button

The following fields are available upon the selection of the Costing radio button:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

Page 244: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-45

10.46 Pyrolysis UnitThe Design Phase tab allows you to specify detailed design information for the Pyrolysis Unit general reactor type in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Process Type• Standard Gas Flow (applies only to GAS process types)• Liquid Actual Volume Flow (applies only to LIQ process types)• Duty• Design Pressure• Design Temperature• Furnace Material Type

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.47 Reciprocating Duplex Pump - Steam Driver

If a Reciprocating Duplex Pump - Steam Driver is selected as the Equipment Type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. The fields available on selecting the General and Costing radio buttons are similar to what has been shown for the Diaphragm Pump - TFE Type.

10-45

Page 245: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-46 Reciprocating Positive

10-46

10.48 Reciprocating Positive Displacement Plunger Pump

The design information for Reciprocating Positive Displacement Plunger Pump is the same as that for Diaphragm Pump - TFE Type and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button.

10.49 Reciprocating Simplex Pump - Steam Driver

The design information for Reciprocating Simplex Pump - Steam Driver is the same as that for Diaphragm Pump - TFE Type and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button.

10.50 Rotary Disk FilterThe design information for the Rotary Disk Filter equipment type is displayed in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button:

General radio button

The following fields are available upon the selection of the General radio button:

• Filter Application or Function• Liquid Actual Volume Flow• Solids Consistency Percent• Filter Capacity• Solids Handling Rate• Filter Material Type• Driver Power• Driver Speed• Tank or Vat Material Type

Page 246: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-47

Disk radio button

The following fields are available when the Disk radio button is selected:

• Surface Area• Disk Diameter• Number of Disks• Filter Tank or Vat Length

Costing radio button

The following fields are available upon the selection of the Costing radio button:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.51 Rotary Drum FilterIf a Rotary Drum Filter is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The fields available upon selecting the General radio button are the same as that for the Rotary Disk Filter equipment type.

Drum radio button

The following fields are available when the Drum radio button is selected:

• Surface Area• Drum Diameter• Drum Length

Costing radio button

The fields available upon selecting the Costing radio button are the

10-47

Page 247: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-48 Rotary (Sliding Vanes) Pump

10-48

same as that for the Rotary Disk Filter equipment type.

10.52 Rotary (Sliding Vanes) Pump

The design information for the Rotary Pump is similar to that for the Diaphragm Pump - TFE Type and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button.

10.53 Slurry PumpIf a Slurry Pump is selected as the Equipment Type, then the Gas Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. The fields available on selecting the General and Costing radio buttons are similar to what has been shown for the Diaphragm Pump - TFE Type.

10.54 SphereThe design information for Sphere, which is available on selecting General and Costing radio buttons, is similar to that for Flat-Bottom Storage Tank with Optional Roof and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. The only field which is not required for a Sphere is the Height information on the General characteristic table. The Detailed radio button is not available but there is an additional Fatigue Analysis radio button which allows you to provide design information for the fatigue analysis.

Fatigue Analysis radio button

The following fields are available when the Fatigue Analysis radio button is selected:

• ASME Design Basis• Number of Hydrostatic Tests During Vessel Life• Startup Cycles During Vessel Life (thousands)• Pressure Cycles During Vessel Life (thousands)• Pressure Cycle Amplitude (% deviation from design)

Page 248: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-49

• Temperature Cycles During Vessel Life (thousands)• Temperature Cycle Amplitude (% deviation from design)

10.55 SpheroidIf a Spheroid is selected as the Equipment Type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. The fields available on selecting the General and Costing radio buttons are similar to what has been shown for the Flat-Bottom Storage Tank with Optional Roof, except without the Detailed radio button.

10.56 Standard ANSI Magnetic Drive Pump

If a Standard ANSI Magnetic Drive Pump is selected as the Equipment Type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. The fields available on selecting the General and Costing radio buttons are similar to what has been shown for the Plastic ANSI Single-stage Pump except the Seal Type and Turbine Inlet Pressure fields have been deleted and the Casing Material Type has been added to the General radio button data.

10.57 Standard ANSI Single-stage Pump

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detailed design information for the Standard ANSI Single-stage Pump in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Design Capacity• Pump Head• Pump Percent Efficiency

10-49

Page 249: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-50 Standard External Gear Rotary

10-50

• Driver Type• Driver Power• Design Pressure• Design Temperature• Casing Material Type• Seal Type• Speed• Turbine Inlet Pressure• Fluid Specific Gravity• Fluid Viscosity

Pipe Plan radio button

The following fields are available when the Pipe Plan radio button is selected:

• Primary Seal Pipe Plan• Secondary Seal Pipe Plan• Cooling Water Pipe Plan• Pipe Plan Connection Type• Pipe Plan Material Type

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.58 Standard External Gear Rotary Pump

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detailed design information, for the Standard External Gear Rotary Pump, in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is

Page 250: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-51

selected:

• Design Capacity• Driver Power• Speed• Casing Material Type• Fluid Viscosity

Costing radio button

The following fields are viable when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.59 Standard Process Vessel

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detailed design information, for either the Horizontal or the Vertical Standard Process Vessel, in the Design Input Details group.

10.59.1 Horizontal Standard Process Vessel

If a horizontal standard process vessel is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio button:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Vessel Application or Function• Operating Temperature• Design Temperature• Design Pressure• Design Vacuum

10-51

Page 251: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-52 Standard Process Vessel

10-52

• Shell Material Type• Shell Material Thickness (includes corrosion allow.)• Corrosion Allowance• Head Type• Allowance for Internals (% of basic vessel weight)• Number of Manholes• Manhole Diameter• Cladding Material Type• Cladding Thickness• Number of Body Flange Pairs (same diameter as vessel)• Stiffening Ring Spacing (vacuum design only)• Weld Efficiency Percent (ASME/JIS only for thin wall)• Stress Relieving

Horizontal radio button

The following fields are available when the Horizontal radio button is selected:

• Vessel Capacity• Diameter Measurement Option• Vessel Diameter• Vessel Length (tangent to tangent)• Diameter of Drip Leg• Length of Drip Leg

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

Page 252: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-53

10.59.2 Vertical Standard Process Vessel

If a Vertical Standard Process Vessel is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Vessel Application or Function• Operating Temperature• Design Temperature• Design Pressure• Design Vacuum• Shell Material Type• Shell Material Thickness (includes corrosion allow.)• Corrosion Allowance• Head Type• Allowance for Internals (% of basic vessel weight)• Number of Manholes• Manhole Diameter• Cladding Material Type• Cladding Thickness

Figure 10.2

10-53

Page 253: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-54 Standard Process Vessel

10-54

• Number of Body Flange Pairs (same diameter as vessel)• Stiffening Ring Spacing (vacuum design only)• Weld Efficiency Percent (ASME/JIS only for thin wall)• Stress Relieving

Vertical radio button

The following fields are available when the Vertical radio button is selected:

• Vessel Capacity• Diameter Measurement Option• Vessel Diameter• Vessel Height (tangent to tangent)• Demister Thickness• Vessel Leg Height (skip if skirt height required)• Bottom Head Thickness (includes corrosion allowance)• Top Head Thickness (includes corrosion allowance)

Fatigue Analysis radio button

The following fields are available when the Fatigue Analysis radio button is selected:

• ASME Design Basis• Number of Hydrostatic Tests During Vessel Life• Startup Cycles During Vessel Life (thousands)• Pressure Cycles During Vessel Life (thousands)• Pressure Cycle Amplitude (% deviation from design)• Temperature Cycles During Vessel Life (thousands)• Temperature Cycle Amplitude (% deviation from design)

Wind and Seismic radio button

The following fields are available when the Wind and Seismic radio button is selected:

• Wind and Seismic Design• Fluid Volume (% of vessel volume)• Vessel Skirt Height

Page 254: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-55

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.60 Standard Tower - Packed Single Diameter

If a Standard Tower - Packed Single Diameter is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Vessel Application or Function• Diameter Measurement Option• Vessel Diameter• Vessel Height (tangent to tangent)• Demister Thickness• Operating Temperature• Design Temperature• Design Pressure• Design Vacuum• Shell Material Type• Shell Material Thickness (includes corrosion allow.)• Corrosion Allowance• Head Type• Number of Manholes• Manhole Diameter• Cladding Material Type• Cladding Thickness• Number of Body Flange Pairs (same diameter as vessel)• Stiffening Ring Spacing (vacuum design only)

10-55

Page 255: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-56 Standard Tower - Packed Single

10-56

• Weld Efficiency Percent (ASME/JIS only for thin wall)• Stress Relieving• Number of Platforms• Molecular Weight of Overhead Product

Packing radio button

The following fields are available when the Packing radio button is selected:

• Packing Material Type• Number of Packed Sections• Total Packing Height

Jacket radio button

The following fields are available when the Jacket radio button is selected:

• Jacket Type• Jacket Material Type• Jacket Pressure• Jacket Thickness

Fatigue Analysis radio button

The following fields are available when the Fatigue Analysis radio button is selected:

• ASME Design Basis• Number of Hydrostatic Tests During Vessel Life• Startup Cycles During Vessel Life (thousands)• Pressure Cycles During Vessel Life (thousands)• Pressure Cycles Amplitude (% deviation from design)• Temperature Cycles During Vessel Life (thousands)• Temperature Cycles Amplitude (% deviation from design)

Wind and Seismic radio button

The following fields are available when the Wind and Seismic radio button is selected:

• Wind and Seismic Design

Page 256: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-57

• Fluid Volume (% of vessel volume)• Vessel Skirt Height

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.61 Standard Tower - Packed Double Diameter

If a Standard Tower - Packed Double Diameter is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Vessel Application or Function• Molecular Weight of Overhead Product• Stress Relieving• Weld Efficiency Percent (ASME/JIS only for thin walls)• Number of Platforms• Diameter Measurement Option• Design Vacuum• Transition Height

Bottom Section radio button

The following fields are available when the Bottom Section radio button is selected:

• Section Diameter• Section Height (tangent to tangent)

10-57

Page 257: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-58 Standard Tower - Packed Double

10-58

• Design Pressure• Operating Temperature• Design Temperature• Shell Material Type• Shell Material Thickness (includes corrosion allow.)• Corrosion Allowance• Number of Manholes• Manhole Diameter• Cladding Material Type• Cladding Material Thickness• Sets of Body Flanges (same diameter as vessel)• Stiffening Ring Spacing (vacuum design only)• Pipe Material Type

Top Section radio button

The following fields are available when the Top Section radio button is selected:

• Section Diameter• Section Height (tangent to tangent)• Design Pressure• Operating Temperature• Design Temperature• Shell Material Type• Shell Material Thickness (includes corrosion allow.)• Corrosion Allowance• Number of Manholes• Manhole Diameter• Cladding Material Type• Cladding Material Thickness• Sets of Body Flanges (same diameter as vessel)• Stiffening Ring Spacing (vacuum design only)• Pipe Material Type

Packing radio button

The following fields are available for both the top and bottom sections when the Packing radio button is selected:

• Packing Material Type• Packing Height

Page 258: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-59

Fatigue Analysis radio button

The following fields are available when the Fatigue Analysis radio button is selected:

• ASME Design Basis• Number of Hydrostatic Tests During Vessel Life• Startup Cycles During Vessel Life (thousands)• Pressure Cycles During Vessel Life (thousands)• Pressure Cycle Amplitude (% deviation from design)• Temperature Cycles During Vessel Life (thousands)• Temperature Cycle Amplitude (% deviation from design)

Wind and Seismic radio button

The following fields are available when the Wind and Seismic radio button is selected:

• Wind and Seismic Design• Fluid Volume (% of vessel volume)• Vessel Skirt Height

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.62 Standard Tower - Trayed Single Diameter

The design information for the Standard Tower -Trayed Single Diameter equipment type is similar to that the Standard Tower - Packed Single Diameter equipment type, except that instead of the Packing radio button (as discussed in Section 10.60 - Standard Tower - Packed Single Diameter), there is a Trays radio button.

10-59

Page 259: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-60 Standard Tower - Trayed Double

10-60

Trays radio button

The following fields are available when the Trays radio button is selected:

• Tray Type• Tray Material Type• Tray Thickness• Number of Trays• Tray Spacing

10.63 Standard Tower - Trayed Double Diameter

The design information for the Standard Tower -Trayed Single Diameter equipment type is similar to that the Standard Tower - Packed Single Diameter equipment type, except that instead of the Packing radio button (as discussed in Section 10.61 - Standard Tower - Packed Double Diameter), there is a Trays radio button.

Trays radio button

The following fields are available when the Trays radio button is selected:

• Tray Type• Tray Thickness• Tray Material Type• Number of Trays (if Tray Material is selected)• Packing Height (if Packing Material is selected)

The last three fields are available for both the top and bottom sections.

10.64 Steam Turbine Driver, Condensing Type

If a Steam Turbine Driver Condensing Type is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by

Page 260: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-61

selecting the following radio buttons:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Turbine Power Output• Material of Construction• Turbine Inlet Pressure• Turbine Speed

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.65 Steam Turbine Driver, Non-Condensing Type

The design information for the Steam Turbine Driver Non-Condensing Type is the same as that for the Steam Turbine Driver Condensing Type and is shown in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio buttons (General or Costing).

10.66 Thermosiphon (Horizontal Shell, Fixed Tube Sheet)

The design information for the Reboiler - Thermosiphon (Horizontal Shell with Fixed Tube Sheet) equipment type is similar to that for the Reboiler - Kettle with Floating Head (as shown in Section 10.38 - Kettle with Floating Head) type except that when you select the General radio button, the Tube Port Diameter field has been deleted. All other design input information (Shell, Tube/Tube Sheet and Costing) are the same as that of the Kettle with Floating Head reboiler.

10-61

Page 261: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-62 Thermosiphon (Horizontal Shell,

10-62

10.67 Thermosiphon (Horizontal Shell, Floating Head)

The design information for the Reboiler - Thermosiphon (Horizontal Shell with Fixed Tube Sheet) equipment type is similar to that for the Reboiler - Kettle with Floating Head (as shown in Section 10.38 - Kettle with Floating Head) type except that when you select the General radio button, the Tube Port Diameter field has been deleted. All other design input information (Shell, Tube/Tube Sheet and Costing) are the same as that of the Kettle with Floating Head reboiler.

10.68 Thermosiphon (Horizontal Shell, U-tube)

The design information for the Reboiler - Thermosiphon (Horizontal Shell with Fixed Tube Sheet) equipment type is similar to that for the Reboiler - Kettle with Floating Head (as shown in Section 10.38 - Kettle with Floating Head) type except that when you select the General radio button, the Tube Port Diameter field has been deleted. All other design input information (Shell, Tube/Tube Sheet and Costing) are the same as that of the Kettle with Floating Head reboiler.

10.69 Thermosiphon (Vertical Shell, Fixed Tube Sheet)

The design information for the Reboiler - Thermosiphon (Horizontal Shell with Fixed Tube Sheet) equipment type is similar to that for the Reboiler - Kettle with Floating Head (as shown in Section 10.38 - Kettle with Floating Head) type except that when you select the General radio button, the Tube Port Diameter field has been deleted. All other design input information (Shell, Tube/Tube Sheet and Costing) are the same as that of the Kettle with Floating Head reboiler.

Page 262: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-63

10.70 Triplex Plunger Pump - Motor Driver

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detail design information, for the Triplex Plunger Pump - Motor Driver, in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the radio button shown on next page:

General radio button

The following fields are available when the General radio button is selected:

• Design Capacity• Pump Head• Driver Power• Design Temperature• Case Material Type• Fluid Specific Gravity

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10.71 U-tube KettleThe design information for Reboiler - U-tube Kettle equipment type, which is available on selecting the General, Shell, Tube/Tube Sheet and Costing radio buttons, is similar to that for the Reboiler - Kettle with Floating Head equipment type. The group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button.

10-63

Page 263: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-64 U-tube Shell and Tube Heat

10-64

10.72 U-tube Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

If a U-tube Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. The fields available on selecting the General, Shell, Tube/Tube Sheet and Costing radio buttons are similar to those shown for the Floating Head Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger.

10.73 Vertical Cylindrical Process Furnace

If a Vertical Cylindrical Process Furnace is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. The fields available on selecting the General and Costing radio buttons are similar to those shown for the A-frame Type Process Furnace.

10.74 Vertical Sump Pump - Turbine Impeller

If a Vertical Sump Pump - Turbine Impeller is selected as the equipment type, then the Design Input Details group will be displayed. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the appropriate radio button. The fields available on selecting the General and Costing radio buttons are similar to those shown for the Triplex Plunger Pump-Motor Driver (as shown in Section 10.70 - Triplex Plunger Pump - Motor Driver.

10.75 Water Cyclone - Mineral Separation

The Design Phase tab allows you to specify detailed design information, for the Water Cyclone - Mineral Separation equipment type in the Design Input Details group. This group allows you to switch between different data tables by selecting the following radio button.

Page 264: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Design Phase 10-65

General radio button

The following fields are available when you select the General radio button:

• Cyclone Capacity• Cyclone Diameter• Cyclone Configuration• Number of Cyclones Per Manifold• Cyclone Material Type

Costing radio button

The following fields are available when the Costing radio button is selected:

• Vendor Quoted Cost Per Item• Number of Identical Items

10-65

Page 265: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

10-66 Water Cyclone - Mineral Separation

10-66

Page 266: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Reports 11-1

11 Reports

11-1

11.1 General Project Tab.................................................................................... 3

11.2 Equipment Tab............................................................................................ 5

11.3 Plant Bulks Tab........................................................................................... 7

11.4 Engineering Tab ....................................................................................... 10

11.5 Construction Tab...................................................................................... 11

11.6 Schedules Tab .......................................................................................... 13

11.7 Direct Cost Details Property View .......................................................... 14

11.8 Sub Groups Direct Cost Data Property View......................................... 17

11.9 Design Data Sheet View........................................................................... 19

Page 267: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

11-2

11-2

Page 268: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Reports 11-3

The Project Reports Output Data property view contains all relevant output data after you have run through the phases on the Project Input Data property view. The property view is organized into six tabs: General Project, Equipment, Plant Bulks, Engineering, Construction, and Schedules. Each tab is comprised of different pages which groups the information into different categories. In the following sections, a brief description of each page is given.

11.1 General Project Tab

This tab provides general cost information for the current simulation such as direct costs, indirect costs and contractor costs. The tab is divided into six pages, as described in the table below.

Figure 11.1

Page Description

Total Project Costs Page

Displays the:

• total cost of the project (including directand indirect costs)

• summary of the information, on all theother tabs, excluding the Schedules tab

11-3

Page 269: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

11-4 General Project Tab

11-4

Total Direct Costs Page

Displays the:

• total direct costs for the whole project• cost associated with the equipment

The Direct costs are grouped into categories(as seen in the first column). To view thespecifics of each category, press the DirectCost Details button which will open the TotalProject Direct Cost Details property view.For more information regarding direct costs,refer to Section 11.7 - Direct Cost DetailsProperty View .

Contracts Data Page

Displays the Project Contracts Data, whichare divided into nine categories:

• Engineering - includes costs such as basic,detailed engineering, material procurement,and home office.

• Material Overheads - has been separated intothree groups: engineering, materials, andconstruction. Displayed as a percentage ofProject Direct Costs.

• Contract Handling Fees -includes costs suchas contract handling fee and lump sum projectfee.

• General Indirects - includes costs such as:fringe benefits, burdens, travel, consumables,scaffolding, fields services, temporaryconstruction items, and miscellaneousindirects.

• Fields Indirects - includes the field indirectcosts as a percentage of direct manpower.

• Misc. Indirects - includes costs such as:vendor reps, mobilization and demobilization,catering and accommodation and specialitems.

• Equipment Rentals - includes equipmentrentals costs as a percentage of directmanpower and includes the percentageadjustment.

• Freight Charges - includes costs such as:domestic freight rate per unit of weight, oceanfreight rate per unit of weight, and freightpercent of material

• Taxes and Permits - includes costs such as:taxes percent of material, taxes percent oflabour, taxes percent of indirect, taxes percentof engineering

Note: There is only one contractor availablefor the project in this version of ECONOMIX.

Bulks Cost Summary

Summarizes the total project bulk costs suchas Piled Foundations, Control Centres,Substations, etc. by Origin Account. It alsodisplays the total summary of bulks againstthe project. Note that most of the bulks are notdirectly related to the equipment.

Page Description

Page 270: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Reports 11-5

11.2 Equipment Tab

This tab provides equipment cost information for the current simulation such as the direct cost for all the equipment, the cost for specific categories of equipment, and the cost of individual pieces of equipment. The tab is divided into three pages, as described in the

Equipment SummaryLists all the equipment by code groups, thequantity of equipment per group as well as thecost of each group.

Project Design Data

Lists the design data information that isrequired by the contractor and the parametersused in the project, into different categories.You can select the category by selecting theappropriate radio button in the DataCategories group, and the design data forthe selected category appears on the righthand side of the page.

Page Description

Figure 11.2

11-5

Page 271: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

11-6 Equipment Tab

11-6

table below.

Page Description

All Equipment

Displays a summary of the cost of the allequipment, according to the direct costcategories. The Direct Cost Details buttonopens the All Equipment Direct Cost Detailswhere in you can inspect specifics of eachcategory. For more information regarding directcosts, refer to Section 11.7 - Direct Cost DetailsProperty View .

Equipment Category

The equipment items are divided up into specificEquipment Categories and the costs for eachcategory are displayed according to the directcost categories. You can select the EquipmentCategory by clicking on the appropriate radiobutton in the Equipment Categories group.

The Direct Cost Details button opens theEquipment Category Direct Cost Details viewwhich details the specific direct costs of theselected equipment category. For moreinformation regarding direct costs, refer toSection 11.7 - Direct Cost Details PropertyView .

The Sub Group Data button opens theEquipment Category Sub Group Direct CostData view. For more information regarding subgroup data, refer to Section 11.8 - Sub GroupsDirect Cost Data Property View .

Individual Equipment

On this page, you can view the costs forindividual pieces of equipment. You can selectthe equipment category in the EquipmentCategories group, and the individual pieces ofequipment for that category (which are present inthe project) are listed in the Category Items list.You can then select the equipment item and itscosts are shown in the matrix on the right handside of the property view.

The Direct Cost Details button opens theIndividual Equipment Item Direct Cost Detailsview which details the specific direct costs of theselected individual equipment item. For moreinformation regarding direct costs, refer toSection 11.7 - Direct Cost Details PropertyView .

The Design Data button opens the Design DataSheet view which details the design informationof the equipment. For information regardingdesign data, refer to Section 11.9 - Design DataSheet View .

Page 272: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Reports 11-7

11.3 Plant Bulks Tab

This tab provides information regarding bulk costs for the Total Plant, Area and Grade, Control Centres and Substations. The tab is divided into four pages, as described in the table below.

Figure 11.3

Page Description

Total Bulks

Displays the Direct Costs for the Total PlantBulks such as:

• Materials• Labour• Manhours• Weights• Etc.

Specific details of the costs can be viewed byclicking on the Direct Cost Details button whichopens the Total Plant Bulks Direct CostDetails . For more information regarding directcosts, refer to Section 11.7 - Direct Cost DetailsProperty View .

11-7

Page 273: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

11-8 Plant Bulks Tab

11-8

Areas and Grades

Displays the bulk costs associated with theArea(s) and Grade(s) (e.g. cooling area,processing area, shipping area, etc.).

There are three categories from which you canchoose to view the appropriate information:

• All Areas/Grades• Plant Areas• Plant Grades

Specific details of the costs for each of thesecategories can be viewed by clicking on theDirect Cost Details button. For more informationregarding direct costs, refer to Section 11.7 -Direct Cost Details Property View .

Note that only one area is available for thisversion of ECONOMIX. The area type is gradeand it’s size is 50ft x 50ft.

Centres

Displays the bulk costs associated with thedifferent control and operator centres.

There are three categories from which you canchoose to view the appropriate information:

• All Centres• Control Centres• Operator Centres

Specific details of the costs for each of theseCentres Categories can be viewed by clicking onthe Direct Cost Details button. Also, you canview the individual direct cost data for a specificcontrol or operator centre by clicking on theIndividual Item Data button. For moreinformation regarding direct costs, refer toSection 11.7 - Direct Cost Details PropertyView .

Note that only one control and one operatorcentre are available for this version ofECONOMIX.

Page Description

Page 274: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Reports 11-9

SubStations

Displays the bulk costs associated with thedifferent substations in the project.

There are four categories from which you canchoose to view the appropriate information:

• All SubStations• Main SubStations• Secondary SubStations• Unit SubStations

When viewing each SubStation Category, youcan view the details of the direct cost by clickingon the Direct Cost Details button. Also, you canview the individual direct cost data for specificsubstations by clicking on the Individual ItemData button. For more information regardingdirect costs, refer to Section 11.7 - Direct CostDetails Property View .

On the last three SubStation categories, besidesthe detailed direct costs, you can also view theIndividual Item Data view by clicking on theIndividual Item Data button.

Note that only one of each of the last threesubstations are available for this version ofECONOMIX.

Page Description

11-9

Page 275: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

11-10 Engineering Tab

11-10

11.4 Engineering Tab

This tab provides information regarding engineering costs (basic engineering, detailed engineering, and equipment procurement) for the plant. The tab is divided into three pages, as described in the table below.

Figure 11.4

Page Description

Basic Engineering

Displays the basic engineering costs associatedwith the project such as:

• Project Engineering• Process Engineering• Design Engineering• Drafting• Overhead Items• etc.

Although the categories on this page are thesame as that on the Detail Engineering page,basic engineering encompasses the generaloverall (basic) or preliminary part of the projectengineering. Once this is completed, then thedetailed engineering work for the project is done.

Page 276: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Reports 11-11

11.5 Construction Tab

This tab provides information regarding the construction costs for the project, ranging from Office Services to Plant Startup Costs. The tab is

Detail Engineering

Displays the detailed engineering costsassociated with the project such as:

• Project Engineering• Process Engineering• Design Engineering• Drafting• Overhead Items• etc.

Although the categories on this page are thesame as that on the Basic Engineering page,this engineering work is more specific,addressing the fine details of the same projectareas as covered in basic engineering.

Procurement Data

This page displays equipment procurement costsin two groups:

• Equipment and Bulk Account ProcurementM/H and Costs (i.e., total equipmentprocurement costs)

• Total Procurement Manhours and Costs

Page Description

Figure 11.5

11-11

Page 277: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

11-12 Construction Tab

11-12

divided into six pages, as described in the table below.

Page Description

Office Services

Displays Home Office Construction Servicescosts such as:

• Project Management, Cost control, Planningand Scheduling

• Overhead Items (Communication, Travel,etc.)

• Resulting Unit Values (Manhours)• etc.

Field Supervision

Displays Field Office Construction Supervisioncosts such as:

• Project Construction Superintendent• Area Superintendents• Field Superintendents• Overhead Items• Resulting Unit Values• etc.

Field Manpower

Displays the Field Manpower cost Details suchas:

• Labourer• Rigger• Oiler• etc.

Equipment Rentals

Displays Construction Rental Equipment costDetails including the type and quantity of therental equipment (e.g. trucks, cranes, aircompressors, etc.).

Field Indirect Costs

Details of field indirect costs such as:

• Benefits and Burden• Consumables and Services• etc.

Plant Startup Costs

Displays the Plant Startup Cost Details such as:

• Calibration and Commissioning• Startup• Performance Testing• etc.

Page 278: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Reports 11-13

11.6 Schedules Tab

This tab provides information regarding the scheduling for the project, such as the general project schedule, the project engineering schedules, construction schedule and milestones schedule. The tab is divided into four pages, as described in the table below:

Figure 11.6

Page Description

General

Displays the General Project Schedule, showingthe start and finish dates of items such as:

• Total Project Time Frame• Basic Engineering• Detail Engineering• Procurement• Construction

Engineering

There are two radio buttons on this page whichshow different information regarding theengineering schedules:

• Project Engineering - shows start andfinish dates for items such as basicengineering, detailed engineering,procurement and construction.

• Equipment Procurement - shows the startand finish dates for each type of equipmentin the project.

11-13

Page 279: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

11-14 Direct Cost Details Property View

11-14

11.7 Direct Cost Details Property View

The Direct Cost Details property view is accessed when the Direct Cost Details button is selected on the Direct Costs pages of the General Project, Equipment, and Plant Bulks tabs of the Project Reports Output property view.

For example, when you click on the Direct Cost Details button on the

Construction

There are two radio buttons on this page whichshow different information regarding theconstruction of the project:

• Project Construction - shows the start andfinish dates for items such as total projecttime frame and construction details.

• Equipment Construction - shows the startand finish dates of the construction of eachtype of equipment in the project.

Milestones

Shows the start and finish dates of projectmilestones such as:

• Total Project Time Frame• Start Construction• Mechanical Completion

Page Description

Direct Cost Details Button

Figure 11.7

Page 280: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Reports 11-15

Total Direct Costs page of the General Project tab of the Project Reports Output property view, the Total Project Direct Cost Details property view appears.

In the Project Reports Output property view, the total project costs are listed according to specific categories (Civil Work, Structural Steel, Equipment/Setting, etc.) as shown in Figure 11.7. When you click on the Direct Cost Details button, the Total Project Direct Cost Details property view appears, as shown in Figure 11.8, with the categories broken down into eight different tabs to represent the eight different categories you saw in the matrix labels of the Direct Costs of the Project Reports Output property view. A brief description of each tab of the Direct Cost Details property view is given below.

There are seven columns on each tab reflecting the cost for each category:

• Account Code• Cost Totals• Materials• Labour• Weights• Manhours• Cost/Weight

Figure 11.8

11-15

Page 281: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

11-16 Direct Cost Details Property View

11-16

Tab Description

Civil

Displays the Civil Cost Details By Account Code.The items that are taken into consideration for theCivil Cost are listed in the left most column. Someexample items are listed below:

• Excavation And Backfill• Concrete• Formwork Materials• etc.

Structural

Displays the Structural Cost Details By AccountCode. Some examples of items that areconsidered when calculating Structural Costs are:

• Steel Structures• Pipe Supports• Building Siding• etc.

Equipment

Displays the Equipment Cost Details By AccountCode. The items that are taken in to considerationfor the Equipment Costs are listed in the left mostcolumn. Some example items are listed below:

• Centrifugal Pumps• Vertical Vessels• Warehouse Spares• etc.

Piping

Displays the Piping Cost Details By Account Code.Some example items that are taken intoconsideration are listed below:

• Carbon Steel Field Material• Pipe Hangers and Shoes• Piping System Testing• etc.

Instrumentation

Displays the Instrumentation Cost Details byAccount Code. Some examples of items taken intoconsideration when calculating InstrumentationCosts are listed below:

• Flow Instruments• Control Valves• Trays and Support• etc.

Electrical

Displays the Electrical Cost Details by AccountCode. Some examples of the items consideredwhen calculating the Electrical Costs are:

• Wire and Cable Low Voltage• Grounding Systems• Electrical Circuit Testing• etc.

Page 282: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Reports 11-17

11.8 Sub Groups Direct Cost Data Property View

The Sub Groups Direct Cost Data view is accessed by clicking on the Sub Group Data button on the Equipment Category page of the

Insulation

Displays the Insulation Cost Details by AccountCode. The items that are taken into considerationduring the cost calculations are listed in the leftmost column on the page. Some example of theseitems are:

• Pipe Insulation• Personnel Protection• Fireproofing• etc.

Painting

Displays the Painting Cost Details By AccountCode. Some examples of the items consideredwhen calculating the Painting Costs are:

• Paint Demolition• Paint Module Piping• Surface Preparation• etc.

Tab Description

Figure 11.9

Sub Group Data Button

11-17

Page 283: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

11-18 Sub Groups Direct Cost Data

11-18

Equipment tab of the Project Report Output property view. The data that is shown is dependent on which equipment category has been selected on the Equipment Category page.

For example, if the Vessels radio button is selected as the Equipment Category of interest (as shown in Figure 11.9) and then the Sub Group Data button is pressed, the view shown in Figure 11.10 appears. Upon selecting the Sub Group Category of interest, Tanks being the case in Figure 11.10, the Direct Costs for the sub group category is displayed. To view the details of the direct costs, click on the Direct Cost Details button and the Direct Cost Details property view for the sub group category of equipment appears. For more information regarding the Direct Cost Details property view, refer to Section 11.7 - Direct Cost Details Property View.

Direct Cost Details Button

Figure 11.10

Page 284: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Reports 11-19

11.9 Design Data Sheet View

The Design Data Sheet View is accessed via the Design Data button found on the Individual Equipment page, Equipment tab of the Project Reports Output property view.

The information displayed on the Design Data Sheet view is specific for the equipment category item that is selected or highlighted in the Project Reports Output property view. For example, in Figure 11.11, the highlighted equipment in the Category Item list is the InletSep@Main, and so clicking on the Design Data button opens the Design Data

Figure 11.11

Design Data Button

11-19

Page 285: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

11-20 Design Data Sheet View

11-20

Sheet view that is specific for the Separator (Figure 11.12).

In the Design Data Sheet view, the information is grouped into different Data Categories. Some of the categories available for various unit operations are:

• General Information• General Design• Equipment Design• Shell Design• Mechanical Design• Fatigue Analysis• Cladding• Skirt/Leg Data• Manhole/Nozzle• Nozzle Size/Qty• Filter Design• Seal Design• Operating Conditions• Agitator Design• Jacket• Tower Design• Packing• Service Design• Tube Design• Head Design

Figure 11.12

The Data Categories that are displayed depends on the unit operation type.

Page 286: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Reports 11-21

• Channel• Weights• Costs

Upon the selection of a category, an information group is displayed to the right of the Data Categories list. Each group is unique to the different Data Categories. There are three fields above the information group that is common to all the Data Categories:

• Equipment Name - the name of the equipment for which theinformation is being displayed. The equipment name isspecified in the HYSYS Simulation Environment.

• Unit Operation Type - the unit operation type of theequipment. This is assigned by HYSYS.Plant.

• Equipment Type - the equipment type of the equipment. Thiscan be specified on the Selection Phase tab of the ProjectInput Data property view.

A brief description of each Data Category is given below.

Data Category Description

General Information

Displays the General and Process Information of theequipment. There are two radio buttons from whichyou can select, which displays different information.

General radio button:

• Insulation ofEquipment Item

• Surface Preparationof Equipment Item

• Painting ofEquipment Item

• etc.

Process radio button:

• Fluid SpecificGravity

• OperatingTemperature

General Design

Displays the General Design Data such as:

• Differential Pressure• Driver Power Per Compressor Stage• Compression Ratio• etc.

Equipment Design

Displays the Equipment Design Data such as:

• Vessel Application or Function• Design Pressure• ASME Design Basis• etc.

Shell Design

Displays the Shell Design Data such as:

• Shell Material Type• Diameter Measurement Type• Number of Body Flanges• etc.

11-21

Page 287: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

11-22 Design Data Sheet View

11-22

Mechanical Design

Displays the Mechanical Design Data such as:

• Wind and Seismic Design• Post-Weld Stress Relieving• Thickness Required for Vacuum Design• etc.

Fatigue Analysis

Displays the Vessel Fatigue Analysis Data such as:

• Startup Cycles During Vessel Life• Pressure Cycle Amplitude• Number of Hydrostatic tests During Vessel Life• etc.

CladdingDisplays the Cladding Data such as:

• Cladding Material Type• Cladding Thickness

Skirt/Leg Data

Displays the Skirt or Leg Data.There are two radiobuttons from which you can select, which displaysdifferent information.

Skirt radio button:

• Skirt Material Type• Skirt Height• Skirt Thickness

Legs radio button:

• Leg Material Type• Leg Height

Manhole/Nozzle

Displays the Manhole and General Nozzle Data.There are two radio buttons from which you canselect, which displays different information:

Manhole radio button:

• Number of Manholes• Manhole Diameter

Nozzle radio button:

• Vessel NozzleMaterial Type, etc.

• Jacket NozzleANSI Class, etc.

Nozzle Size/Qty Displays the Vessel and Jacket Nozzle size andquantity.

Filter Design

Displays the Filter Design Data such as:

• Filter Type• Filter Diameter• Filter Surface Area• etc.

Seal Design

Displays the Seal Design Data such as:

• Seal Type• Primary Piping Plan• Seal Piping Material• etc.

OperatingConditions

Displays the Operating Conditions Data such as:

• Design Suction Pressure• Design Discharge Temperature• etc.

Data Category Description

Page 288: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Reports 11-23

Agitator Design

Displays the Agitator Design Data such as:

• Impeller Type• Agitator Power• Power Consumption• etc.

Jacket

Displays the Jacket Data such as:

• Jacket Pressure• Jacket Temperature• Jacket Thickness• etc.

Tower Design

Displays the Tower Design Data such as:

• Corrosion Allowance• Head Type• Lining Material Type• etc.

Packing

Displays the Packing Data such as:

• Distributor Plates• Cross Sectional Area• Total Packing Volume• etc.

Service Design

Displays the Service Design Data such as:

• Tube Material Type• Corrosion Allowance• Header Width• etc.

Tube Design

Displays the Tube Design Data such as:

• Tube Temperature• Tube Corrosion Allowance• Tube Seal Type• etc.

Head DesignDisplays the Head Design Data such as:

• Floating Head Material Type• Floating Head Thickness

ChannelDisplays the Channel Data such as:

• Channel Material Type

Weights

Displays the Weight Data such as:

• Internals and Baffles• Manholes and Large Nozzles• Base, Ring and Lugs• etc.

Data Category Description

11-23

Page 289: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

11-24 Design Data Sheet View

11-24

Costs

Displays the Uninstalled and Resulting Unit CostData. There are two radio buttons from which youcan select, which displays different information:

Uninstalled Costs radiobutton:

• Lining Cost• Shop Manpower

Cost• General Office

Overhead• etc.

Unit Costs radiobutton:

• Cost Per Unit ofWeight

• Cost er Unit ofCapacity

Data Category Description

Page 290: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Theory 12-1

12 Theory

12-1

12.1 Selection ..................................................................................................... 3

12.1.1 Automatic Selection Methods................................................................. 3

12.2 Sizing........................................................................................................... 5

12.2.1 Sizing Results Used in Design............................................................. 21

12.3 References ................................................................................................ 24

Page 291: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

12-2

12-2

Page 292: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Theory 12-3

The purpose of this document is to outline the Equipment Selection and Sizing procedures used in ECONOMIX.

12.1 SelectionECONOMIX “Selection” refers to the process of creating one or more pieces of physical process equipment from a given HYSYS unit operation. Many unit operations have an automatic selection option, where ECONOMIX will select a piece or pieces of equipment based on process conditions and some pre-defined rules. All unit operations have a "manual" selection option, where the user can specify the equipment type to be used for a given unit operation. When the Selection Phase is run, the selection method (either automatic or manual) will be applied to unit operations in the case. The user can then edit the selected equipment type for each unit operation on the Selection Phase tab.

12.1.1 Automatic Selection MethodsThe following section gives details of the automatic selection rules.

Separator, 3-Phase Separator

If an energy stream is attached to the separator, a jacketed process vessel is selected. Otherwise, a standard process vessel is selected. There is also an option for automatic selection of separator orientation. If the vapour mass loading (i.e. the mass fraction of vapour in the combined feed stream) is greater than the maximum allowed for a horizontal separator, the orientation is vertical; otherwise it is horizontal. You can set the maximum vapour loading in the Separator Sizing and Design Basis.

12-3

Page 293: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

12-4 Selection

12-4

Tank

The following table describes the selection logic for storage tanks.

In the case of Liquid as the stored product type, the Selection proceeds from top to bottom; i.e. a condition takes precedence over another condition which appears below it in the table. For example, if a liquid storage vessel has a design temperature of -100o F, it will be selected as a Cryogenic Storage Tank regardless of Design Pressure and Design Vacuum.

Partial Condenser, 3-Phase Condenser

The same selection logic as with separators applies to the orientation of the reflux accumulator drum for these condensers. Note that the total condenser is not included, because the reflux drum feed is always 100% liquid.

Compressor

Each compressor equipment type has allowable operating ranges for actual volume capacity, required driver power, inlet and outlet temperature, and inlet and outlet pressure. Each of the equipment types is given a rating based on the operating conditions of the compressor unit operation. A given operating variable is given the highest rating if it falls in the midpoint of the allowable range. If the operating variable falls outside the allowable range, the variable is given a zero rating. The composite rating of the compressor is the product of the individual variable ratings. The compressor with the highest composite rating is then selected. You can specify to use this methodology on the set of gas compressors only, air compressors only, or both.

Storage Type Additional Conditions Selected Tank Type

Solid -- Cone-bottom Storage Bin

Gas

Design Vacuum < 0 psig orDesign Pressure > 2.5 psig

Sphere

All Other Conditions Low-pressure Gas StorageVessel

Liquid

Design Temp < -50o F Cryogenic Storage Tank

Design Vacuum < 0 psig orDesign Pressure > 2.5 psig

Horizontal StandardProcess Vessel

Design Pressure <= 15psig

Flat-bottom Storage Tank

All other conditions Horizontal StandardProcess Vessel

Page 294: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Theory 12-5

Plug Flow Reactor

If packing exists (i.e. Void Fraction < 1.0), a Single-diameter Packed Tower is selected. If there is no packing, a Vertical Standard Process Vessel is selected. If there is no packing and an energy stream is attached, a Vertical Jacketed Process Vessel is selected.

CSTR

If there is an energy stream, an Agitated Tank - Enclosed & Jacketed is used. If the CSTR is operating within 1 psi of atmospheric pressure, and Agitated Tank - Open Top is used. Otherwise, an Agitated Tank - Enclosed is used.

Cyclone

If the Number of Parallel Cyclones is 1, or if the inlet actual volume flow is less than 900 ft3/min, a single Cyclone Dust Collector is selected. Otherwise, a Multiple-Cyclone Dust Collector is used.

Heater

If the outlet temperature is less than the temperature of the hottest available utility fluid (taking into account the minimum approach temperature), a floating-head shell and tube exchanger is selected. Otherwise, an A-frame Type Process furnace is selected.

12.2 Sizing

General (applies to all Equipment Types)

For all unit operations, Design Pressure, Design Vacuum and Design Temperature are calculated. ECONOMIX determines the minimum and maximum operating pressure and temperature by checking all streams attached to the unit operation. The Design calculations are as follows:

(12.1)Design Pressure1 Maximum Operating Pressure (gauge)Design Pressure Multiplier

×=

12-5

Page 295: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

12-6 Sizing

12-6

If the unit operation is not operating under pressure (i.e. vacuum conditions), the Design Pressure is 0 psig. If the unit operation is a Tank, and it is operating below 15 psig, Design Pressure1 is used only.

If the minimum operating pressure is below atmospheric (i.e. < 0 psig), vacuum design is required:

The minimum allowable Design Vacuum is -14.7 psig.

Design Temperature is calculated simply by applying the adder to the operating temperature:

If the unit operation is operating below the Design Temperature Cold Point, the adder is not applied and Design Temperature = Operating Temperature.

Separator, 3-Phase Separator (Equipment Type: Process Vessel)

The ECONOMIX Sizing routines are based on the publications of Svrcek & Monnery1,2. These sizing methods apply to separators and 3-phase separators selected as Standard, Jacketed or Multi-Walled Process Vessels.

Depending on the sizing input specifications, multiple solution sets may be generated for a given separator. ECONOMIX will select a solution set based on the selection criteria (minimum weight, minimum diameter, or minimum height/length). If desired, the user

(12.2)

(12.3)

(12.4)

(12.5)

Design Pressure2 Maximum Operating PressureDesign Pressure Adder

+=

Design Pressure MAX (Design Pressure1 Design Pressure2),=

Design Vaccum Minimum Operating Pressure(gauge)Design Vaccum Multiplier

×=

Design Temperature Minimum Operating TemperatureDesign Temperature Adder

+=

Page 296: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Theory 12-7

can change the selected solution set. The selected solution set dimensions will be committed to the Design Phase.

Tank (Equipment Type: all possible Tank selections)

Tanks are sized based on the following equations:

If the Total Capacity exceeds the Maximum Capacity per Tank, multiple tanks are created by rounding up Equation (12.9) to the nearest whole number, i.e.,

The required tank dimensions are then calculated based on the Tank Capacity (min.) and L/D or H/D ratio:

where: Factor = 4 for cylinder, 6 for sphere or spheroid

Ratio = L/D or H/D ratio

The dimensions are always rounded up to the nearest 6", so the tank capacity is then re-calculated:

(12.6)

(12.7)

(12.8)

(12.9)

(12.10)

(12.11)

(12.12)

Total Storage Capacity Inlet Volume Flow Holding Time×=

Spare Capacity Factor 1 1 Percent Spare Capacity Per Tank 100⁄( )–( )⁄=

Total Capacity (min) Total Storage Capacity Spare Capacity Factor×=

Number of Tanks Total Capacity Max Capacity per Tank⁄=

Tank Capacity (min) Total capacity(min) Number of Tanks⁄=

Vessel Diameter Factor Tank Capacity (min)π Ratio×( )⁄×( )1 3⁄=

Tank Capacity (actual) π Factor Diameter2

Length or Height( )××⁄=

12-7

Page 297: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

12-8 Sizing

12-8

Tray Section (Equipment Type: Standard Tower, Trayed or Packed)

Tray sizing in ECONOMIX is similar to the auto-section feature in the HYSYS tray sizing utility. The actual tower equipment design type (single-diameter or double diameter) depends on the user selection (in the Selection Phase) and the number of sections calculated by sizing.

For example, if tray sizing calculated 3 sections with diameters of 4ft, 6ft and 8ft, and you have selected a single-diameter design, the tower will be 8 ft diameter. If you select a double-diameter design, it will have a bottom section diameter of 8ft and a top section diameter of 6ft. Note that double-diameter towers can be used only if sizing calculates more than one section.

Air Cooler (Equipment Type: Aerial Cooler)

The HYSYS Cooler, Air Cooler, and all Condensers can be selected as an Aerial Cooler equipment type. Aerial cooler sizing is based generally on the method outlined in the Gas Processors Suppliers Association Engineering Data Book, Revised Tenth Edition, 1994, Volume I, Section 10. It is an iterative procedure involving the convergence of a number

(12.13)

(12.14)

(12.15)

(12.16)

User-Selected

Tower Design Type

Number of Sections

(calculated by Sizing)Actual Design Type)

Single-Diameter 1 or more Single-Diameter

Double-Diameter 1 Single-Diameter

Double-Diameter 2 or more Double-Diameter

Total Capacity (actual) Tank Capacity (actual) Number of Tanks×=

Tank Storage Capacity Total Storage Capacity Number of Tanks⁄=

Total Spare Capacity Total Capacity (actual) Total Storage Capacity–=

Tank Spare Capacity Total Spare Capacity Number of Tanks⁄=

Page 298: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Theory 12-9

of parameters, including the overall heat transfer coefficient and the pressure drop specification.

Tube Geometry Calculations

The bare tube area, fin area and total extended area per unit of tube length are calculated based on the tube and fin dimensions. The number of tubes per unit of row width is calculated based on the tube pitch. The extended area per unit of row area is then calculated:

Number of Tube Rows

An initial estimate is made for the overall heat exchanger coefficient. The number of tube rows is then calculated according to the Selected method:

Hudson Products Corp. Method:

(12.17)Extended Area per Unit of Row Area Number of Tubes per Unit of Row WidthTotal Extended Area per Unit of Tube Length

×=

(12.18)Delta Temp Process Inlet Temp Air Inlet Temp–=

(12.19)Number of Rows 4.9– 8.15 Delta Temp Overall Coefficient 21.43×( )⁄[ ]0.359×(rounded up to the nearest integer)

+=

12-9

Page 299: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

12-10 Sizing

12-10

Therma Technology Inc. Method

In equations 12.18 through 12.20, all temperatures are in F and Overall Coefficient is in Btu/h-ft2-F.

Air Temperature Rise

The estimated air temperature rise is calculated as follows:

Mean Temperature Difference

The Log-Mean-Temperature-Difference is calculated as follows:

Initially, the number of tube passes is set to the specified maximum. The corrected LMTD (CMTD) is then calculated based on the LMTD

(12.20)

If Delta Temp is: OR if Overall Coefficient is: Number Of Rows

<= 20 -- 3

>20 and <=100 -- 4

>100 and <= 200 < 2.8 5

>200 and <= 300 < 1.87 6

>300 < 1.4 8

Delta Temp Process Inlet Temp Process Outlet Temp–=

(12.21)AirTempRise OverallCoefficient 1+( ) 10⁄[ ]ProcessInletTemp ProcessOutletTemp+( ) 2 AirInletTemp–⁄[ ]

×=

(12.22)

(12.23)

(12.24)

(12.25)

AirOutletTemp AirInletTemp AirTempRise+=

DeltaT1 ProcessOutletTemp AirInletTemp–=

DeltaT2 ProcessInletTemp AirOutletTemp–=

LMTD DeltaT2 DeltaT1–( ) ln DeltaT2 DeltaT1⁄( )( )⁄=

Page 300: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Theory 12-11

and the number of tube passes.

Total Extended Area

The total extended area required is calculated as follows:

The total extended area per unit of bay area is calculated:

Bay Dimensions and Number of Bays

The Length per Bay, Width per Bay and Number of Bays is calculated using the specifications for Minimum Bay Length to Width Ratio and Maximum Tube Length.

Tubeside Pressure Drop

The tubeside pressure drop is calculated using the Beggs & Brill correlation. Both single-phase and two-phase pressure drop is supported. If the calculated pressure drop exceeds the maximum allowable, the number of tube passes is reduced by one until the pressure drop specification is satisfied.

Tubeside Heat Transfer Coefficient

The tubeside heat transfer coefficient calculation depends on whether the aerial cooler is operating in condensing or single-phase service.

Single-Phase Cooling Service

(12.26)Total Extended Area Cooling Duty CMTD Overall Coefficient×( )⁄=

(12.27)Total Extended Area per Unit of Bay Area Extended Area per Unit of Row Area×Number of Rows

=

(12.28)TubesideCoefficient 0.023 NRe0.8 NPr0.333 FluidThermCond TubeID⁄×××=

12-11

Page 301: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

12-12 Sizing

12-12

Condensing Service

For condensing service, the condensing coefficient is calculated according to the method of Boyko and Kruzhilin (from “Process Heat Transfer” by Hewitt, Shires and Bott, CRC Press, 1994, pp. 682-683):

The overall tubeside coefficient is the average of the inlet and outlet condensing coefficients:

Air Properties, Flow and Heat Transfer Coefficient

The average air properties (mass density, thermal conductivity, heat capacity and viscosity) are calculated using the inlet and outlet air temperature. The required mass flow of air per bay is calculated as follows:

The air velocity is then calculated based on the air properties and mass flow, as well as the exchanger and tube geometry. The air Reynolds and Prandtl numbers are calculated, and finally the air heat transfer coefficient is estimated.

(12.29)

(12.30)

(12.31)

LiquidCoeff 0.021 LiquidThermCond TubeID NRe0.8 NPr0.43××⁄×=

InletCondensingCoeff LiquidCoeff 1.0 InletVapMassFrac LiqDensity VapDensity⁄×+[ ]0.5×=

OutletCondensingCoeff LiquidCoeff 1.0 OutletVapMassFrac LiqDensity VapDensity⁄×+[ ]0.5×=

(12.32)TubesideCoefficient InletCondensingCoeff OutletCondensingCoeff+( ) 2⁄=

(12.33)MassFlowAirPerBay CoolingDuty AirHeatCapacity AirTempRise NumberOfBays××( )⁄=

Page 302: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Theory 12-13

Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient

The overall coefficient is calculated according to the following equation:

Where:

Fan Calculations

The fan diameter is calculated according to the following equation:

Initially the Number of Fans per Bay is set to the minimum specified. If the calculated fan diameter exceeds the maximum allowable fan diameter, the Number of Fans per Bay is incremented by one and the fan diameter is re-calculated.

The power per fan is then calculated using the air properties, air flow, exchanger geometry and fan diameter.

Cooler, Heater, Heat Exchanger, Reboiler, Condenser (Equipment Type: Shell & Tube Exchanger)

ECONOMIX shell and tube exchanger sizing is based on AEA Technology’s Shell and Tube exchanger design program HTFS.TASC. For each exchanger, the TASC calculation engine, which is embedded into ECONOMIX, runs in Design mode. A TASC input file produced by ECONOMIX is located in the <HYSYS Install Path>\Scripts \HeatExchangers directory and is called Hestdes.TAI. The data contained in this input file will always be for the exchanger which was most recently sized by ECONOMIX. The file can be opened using a full version of TASC in order to perform a more detailed thermal design.

(12.34)OverallCoeff 1 1 TubesideCoeff AreaRatio FoulingFactor AreaRatio 1 AirCoeff⁄+×+×⁄[ ]⁄=

(12.35)

(12.36)

AreaRatio Extended Area per Tube Bare Tube Area per Tube⁄=

FanDiameter 0.4 FaceAreaPerBay NumberOfFansPerBay 4π⁄×⁄×( )0.5

(rounded up to the nearest 1 inch)=

12-13

Page 303: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

12-14 Sizing

12-14

Refer to the TASC documentation for further information. The HYSYS Heat Exchanger, Cooler, Heater, Condenser (all types) and Reboiler (all types) can be mapped to a Shell and Tube Exchanger equipment type.

Heater, General Reactor (Equipment Type: Furnace)

A very simple sizing calculation is performed for Furnaces:

The HYSYS Heater and the General Reactors (Gibbs, Equilibrium, Conversion) can be selected as a Furnace equipment type. For the General Reactors, the Absorber Duty will come from an attached energy stream (if present).

Compressor (Equipment Type: Air or Gas Compressor)

The following equations are used for sizing:

The Scheel’s equation3 (from page 13-29 of GPSA data book) estimates

(12.37)Fired Duty Absorbed Duty (From HYSYS) Percent Thermal Efficiency 100.0⁄( )⁄=

(12.38)

(12.39)

(12.40)

(12.41)

Design Mass Capacity Inlet Mass Flow Capacity Overdesign Factor×=

Design Adiabatic Head Adiabatic Head Head Overdesign Factor×=

Design Polytropic Head Polytropic Head Head Overdesign Factor×=

Gas Power Design Mass capacity Design Polytropic Head Percent

Polytropic Efficiency 33000 lb-ft/min-hp 100⁄×

(

)

⁄×=

Page 304: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Theory 12-15

the Mechanical Losses as,

Expander (Equipment Type: all Turbines)

The following equations are used for sizing:

(12.42)

(12.43)

(12.44)

(12.45)

Mechanical Losses Gas Power0.4

=

Design Power Gas Power Mechanical Losses+=

Driver Power Design Power rounded up to next

larger available driver size

=

Design Mass Capacity Inlet Mass Flow Capacity Overdesign Factor×=

(12.46)Design Power DesignMass Capacity Mass Enthalpy In Mass Enthalpy Out–( )×=

(12.47)Driver Power Produced Design Power rounded to the next

smaller drive size

=

12-15

Page 305: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

12-16 Sizing

12-16

Pump (Equipment Type: all Pumps)

Currently, frictional losses in suction and discharge piping are not taken into account in head calculations.

Plug Flow Reactor (Equipment Type: Packed Tower)

A HYSYS PFR may be selected as a standard Packed Tower. The Packed Tower will have the same cross-sectional area as the multiple tubes, i.e.:

The Vessel inside Diameter is then rounded up to the nearest 6", and the Total Area is calculated as shown below.

(12.48)

(12.49)

(12.50)

(12.51)

(12.52)

(12.53)

(12.54)

(12.55)

Design Volume Capacity Inlet Actual Volume Flow Capacity

Overdesign Factor

×=

Design Head Operating Head Head Overdesign Factor×=

Hydraulic Power Design Volume Capacity Design Head×Specific Gravity 3960 USgal-ft/min-hp⁄

×=

Design Power Hydraulic Power Percent Pump Efficiency 100⁄( )⁄=

Drive Power Design Power rounded up to next larger

available drive size

=

Total Area (min) π 4⁄ Tube Diameter( )2Number of Tubes××=

Vessel Inside Diameter 4 Total Area (min)× π⁄=

Total Area (actual) π 4 Vessel Inside Diameter2×⁄=

Page 306: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Theory 12-17

Packing Height is then rounded to the nearest 6”. The Vessel Height, is at least 1ft greater than the Packing Height, e.g.

Plug Flow Reactor (Equipment Type: Process Vessel)

The user must supply a reactor volume in the HYSYS case. ECONOMIX does not default the reactor volume or space time, etc., because of the multitude of reaction types and kinetics available. The user-supplied reactor volume is then used to calculate the reactor dimensions:

(12.56)

(12.57)

(12.58)

Vessel Height Tube Length (rounded up to the nearest 6″ )=

Packing Volume (min) Total Area (actual) Vessel Height

1 Void Fraction–( )××=

Packing Height Packing Volume (min) Total Area (actual)⁄=

Vessel Height fromeq.(12.56) (ft)

Packing Height (ft)Calculated VesselHeight (ft)

20 15 20

20 19.5 20.5

(12.59)

(12.60)

(12.61)

(12.62)

Packing Volume (actual) Packing Height Total Area (actual)×=

Vessel Volume Vessel Height Total Area (actual)×=

Void Volume Vessel Volume Packing Volume–=

Vessel Diameter Factor Reactor Capacity (min)× π Ratio×( )⁄3=

12-17

Page 307: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

12-18 Sizing

12-18

where: Factor = 4 for cylinder, 6 for sphere or spheroid

Ratio = L/D or H/D ratio

Now the dimensions are rounded up to the nearest 6". So, the actual reactor capacity is calculated:

If there is liquid flow in the reactor,

And if the reactor is vertical,

CSTR (Equipment Type: Agitated Tank)

The same methodology as with the PFR as a Process Vessel (described above) applies to the CSTR. The Agitated Tanks have Vertical orientation.

General Reactor (Equipment Type: Agitated Tank, Process Vessel, Packed Tower, Sphere, Spheroid)

General reactor includes Gibbs, Equilibrium and Conversion type reactors. The same methodology as with the PFR as a Process Vessel (described above) applies to the General Reactor when selected as a vessel.

(12.63)

(12.64)

(12.65)

Vessel Length or Height Vessel Diameter Ratio×=

Reactor Capacity (actual) π Factor Diameter2

Length or Height( )××⁄=

Liquid Holdup Volume Liquid Level Fraction Reactorcapacity (min)

×=

(12.66)Liquid Holdup Percent Liquid Holdup Volume Reactor Capacity (actual) 100×⁄=

(12.67)Liquid Holdup Depth Liquid Holdup Percent Vessel Height 100⁄×=

Page 308: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Theory 12-19

General Reactor (Equipment Type: Process Furnace, Box-type Reformer without Catalyst, Pyrolysis Unit)

General reactor includes Gibbs, Equilibrium and Conversion type reactors. The same methodology, as with the Heater as a Process Furnace, applies to the General Reactor when selected as a Furnace or Furnace Reactor.

Baghouse Filter (Equipment Type: Baghouse)

Baghouse filters are sized in HYSYS because the process calculations (i.e. outlet stream conditions and composition) depends on the performance/size of the baghouse. Therefore, ECONOMIX uses the HYSYS values for Bag Diameter, Area per Bag, Number of Bags Per Cell, Area per Cell, Number of Cells and Total Cell Area. One additional sizing calculation performed by ECONOMIX is:

ECONOMIX also calculates the solid, gas and total Actual Volume Flow and Mass Flow on a per Baghouse (i.e. per Cell) and Overall basis.

Cyclone (Equipment Type: Cyclone Dust Collector)

Like the Baghouse, Cyclones are sized in ECONOMIX using the HYSYS values for Cyclone Body Diameter and Number of Cyclones in Parallel. ECONOMIX calculates the solid, gas and total Actual Volume Flow and Mass Flow on a per Cyclone and Overall basis.

Hydrocyclone (Equipment Type: Water-only Cyclone - Mineral Separation)

The methodology used for the Cyclone also applies to the Hydrocyclone. ECONOMIX calculates the solid, liquid and total Actual Volume Flow and Mass Flow on a per Hydrocyclone and Overall basis.

(12.68)Total Number of Bags Number of Bags Per Cell Number of Cells×=

12-19

Page 309: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

12-20 Sizing

12-20

Rotary Vacuum Filter (Equipment Type: Rotary Drum or Disk Filter)

ECONOMIX uses the HYSYS values for Filter Radius to calculate the Filter Diameter (Filter Radius * 2, rounded up to the nearest 6") and Filter Width (rounded up to the nearest 6"). The following additional calculations are also done by ECONOMIX:

ECONOMIX also calculates the solid, liquid and total Actual Volume Flow and Mass Flow on a per Filter and Overall basis.

(12.69)

(12.70)

Filter Surface Area π Filter Diameter× Filter Length (Width)×=

Solids Handling Rate Total Solid Mass Flow Filter Surface Area⁄=

Page 310: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Theory 12-21

12.2.1 Sizing Results Used in DesignThe following table lists the sizing output results that are committed to the Design Phase for use as input when Run Phase button is pressed (to move from the Sizing Phase to the Design Phase).

Unit Operation Equipment Type Sizing Output Used in Design

All operations All equipment types

Design pressure (if applicable)

Design temperature (if applicable)

Design vacuum (if applicable)

Operating temperature (if applicable)

Separator,

3-Phase Separator

Process VesselVessel Diameter

Vessel Capacity

Vertical Process Vessel

Vessel Height

Fluid Volume Percent

Demister Thickness

Horizontal ProcessVessel

Vessel Length

Tank

All Tanks

Number of Tanks

Vessel Diameter

Vessel Capacity

Vertical TankVessel Height

Fluid Volume Percent

Horizontal Tank Vessel Length

Process Vessel Set Application Type to STORAGE

Tray Section

Single-Diameter Tower(Trayed or Packed)

Vessel Diameter

Vessel Height

Single-Diameter Tower(Trayed)

Tray Type

Tray Thickness

Tray Spacing

Number of Trays

Single-Diameter Tower(Packed)

Number of Packed Sections (=Number of Stages)

Total Packing Height

Double-DiameterTower (Trayed orPacked)

Bottom Section Diameter

Bottom Section Height

Top Section Diameter

Top Section Height

Double-DiameterTower (Trayed)

Bottom Section Number of Trays

Top Section Number of Trays

Double-DiameterTower (Packed)

Bottom Packing Height

Top Packing Height

12-21

Page 311: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

12-22 Sizing

12-22

Aerial cooler Aerial cooler

Bare Tube Area

Tube Outside Diameter

Tube Thickness

Tube Length

Bay Width

Number of Bays

Fin Pitch

Tube Fin Height

Number of Tube Rows

Tube Pitch

Number of Fans per Bay

Power per Fan

Heater Process Furnace

Fired Duty

Standard Gas Flow (if applicable)

Actual Liquid Volume Flow (ifapplicable)

Process Type

Cooler,

Heater,

Heat Exchanger,

Condensers,

Reboilers

Shell and Tube HeatExchanger

Surface Area

Number of Shells

Tube Pressure

Tube Temperature

Tube Outside Diameter

Number of Tube Passes

Shell Pressure

Shell Temperature

Number of Tubes per Shell

Extended Tube Length

Tube Thickness

Tube Pitch

Shell Diameter

TEMA Classification

Compressor All CompressorsActual Volume Capacity

Driver Size

Expander All Turbines Power Output

Pump All Pumps

Actual Volume Capacity

Head

Driver Size

Efficiency

Unit Operation Equipment Type Sizing Output Used in Design

Page 312: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Theory 12-23

CSTR Agitated Tank

Vessel Diameter

Vessel Height

Vessel Capacity

Fluid Depth

PFR Single-Diameter Tower(Packed)

Vessel Diameter

Vessel Height

Total Packing Height

Number of Packed Sections

(0 if Void Fraction = 1,

1 if Void Fraction < 1, > 0)

PFR,

General Reactor

Vertical Process Vessel(Standard, Jacketed,Multi-walled)

Vessel Diameter

Vessel Height

Vessel Capacity

Fluid Volume Percent

Fluid Depth

Horizontal ProcessVessel (Standard,Jacketed, Multi-walled)

Vessel Diameter

Vessel Height

Vessel Capacity

General Reactor

Single-Diameter Tower(Packed)

Vessel Diameter

Vessel Height

Total Packing Height (Vessel Height -1ft)

Number of Packed Sections (1)

Sphere, Spheroid

Vessel Diameter

Vessel Capacity

Vessel Height (Spheroid only)

Process Furnace, Box-type Reformer withoutCatalyst, Pyrolysis Unit

Fired Duty

Standard Gas Flow (if applicable)

Actual Liquid Volume Flow (ifapplicable)

Process Type

Baghouse Filter All Baghouse Filters

Number of Units

Total Actual Volume Flow

Surface Area

Cyclone Cyclone Dust Collector

Diameter

Number of Units

Total Actual Volume Flow per Unit

Unit Operation Equipment Type Sizing Output Used in Design

12-23

Page 313: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

12-24 References

12-24

12.3 References 1 Svrcek, W. Y., Monnery, W. D., “Design Two-Phase Separators Within

the Right Limits" from Chemical Engineering Progress, 53-60, October, 1993.

2 Svrcek, W. Y., Monnery, W. D., "Successfully Specify Three-Phase Separators" from Chemical Engineering Progress, 29-40, September, 1994.

3 “Engineering Data Book”, Gas Processors Suppliers Association, Volume 1, 10th Edition, 1994

Rotary Vacuum Filter Rotary Drum Filter,Rotary Disk Filter

Surface Area

Solids Mass Flow Rate

Solids Handling Rate

Hydrocyclone Water-only Cyclone -Mineral Separation

Diameter

Number of Cyclones per Manifold

Total Mass Flow

Unit Operation Equipment Type Sizing Output Used in Design

Page 314: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Index

A

A-frame Type Process Furnace 10-11Costing Button 10-12General Button 10-11

Agitated TankEnclosed 10-16

Agitation Button 10-17Costing Button 10-17General Button 10-16Jacket Button 10-17

Enclosed, Jacketed 10-18Open-Top 10-18

Air CompressorCentrifugal with Motor 10-12

Costing Button 10-12Detailed Button 10-12General Button 10-12

Centrifugal with Turbine 10-13Reciprocating with Gas Engine 10-13Reciprocating with Motor 10-13Single Reciprocating One-Stage 10-14Single Reciprocating Two-Stage 10-14

Air CoolerFree Standing or Rack-Mounted 10-14

Costing Button 10-16Primary Button 10-15Secondary Button 10-15Tertiary Button 10-16

All Equipment Direct Cost 11-6Automatic Selection Methods

3-Phase Condenser 12-43-Phase Separator 12-3Compressor 12-4CSTR 12-5Cyclone 12-5Partial Condenser 12-4Plug Flow Reactor 12-5Separator 12-3

Tank 12-4Axial Flow Vertical Pump 10-19

Costing Button 10-20General Button 10-20

B

Baghouse Filterwith Injected Pulsed Air 10-20

Costing Button 10-21General Button 10-20

with Motor Shakers 10-21Basic Engineering 11-10Basic Input Data 3-6

Basis Phase Tab 7-1Design Phase Tab 10-5Selection Phase Tab 8-1Sizing Phase Tab 9-1

Basis Phase 7-1General Project Page 7-4Global Design Page 7-10Global Selection Page 7-8

Box-type Process Furnace 10-21Box-type Reformer without Catalyst 10-21

Costing Button 10-22General Button 10-22

Bulks Cost Summary 11-4Button Bar 3-9

C

Closing Views 3-23Compressor

Composite Rating 12-4Mechanical Losses 12-15

Cone Bottom Storage Bin 10-24Costing Button 10-25Fatigue Analysis Button 10-25General Button 10-24

Contract Costs 11-4Contract Data 11-4

I-1

Page 315: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

I-2

I-2

Miscellaneous Totals 11-4Control Centres 11-8Cryogenic Storage Tank 10-26

Costing Button 10-27Detailed Button 10-27General Button 10-26

Cyclone Dust Collector 10-27Costing Button 10-28General Button 10-27

D

Design Data Sheet View 11-19Design Phase 10-1, 10-5

Category Items 10-5Design Input Details 10-5Equipment Categories 10-5, 10-6Imported Sizing Results 12-21

Detailed Engineering 11-11Direct Cost Details View 11-14

Civil Tab 11-16Electrical Tab 11-16Equipment Tab 11-16Instrumentation Tab 11-16Insulation Tab 11-17Painting Tab 11-17Piping Tab 11-16Structural Tab 11-16

Drop Down Lists 3-20

E

ECONOMIXBasic Requirements 2-3Capabilities 1-4Documentation CD 1-6Installing 2-1, 2-6

ECONOMIX Basics 6-1ECONOMIX Examples

Example 1 4-1Example 2 5-1

ECONOMIX Interface 3-1Active View/Location 3-12Basics 3-3DeskTop 3-7Interface Elements 3-3Manoeuvring Through 3-15Objects 3-4PFD View 3-5Property Pages 3-14Property Tabs 3-14

Selecting Items 3-15Terminology 3-10

Editing Input 3-22Equipment Category Direct Cost 11-6Equipment Category Sub Group Direct Cost Details11-6Equipment Procurement 11-11Equipment Rentals 11-12Equipment Sizing

3-Phase Separator 12-6Air Cooler 12-8Baghouse Filter 12-19Compressor 12-14Condenser 12-13Cooler 12-10CSTR 12-18Cyclone 12-19Expander 12-15General Equipment Sizing 12-5General Reactor 12-14, 12-18Heat Exchanger 12-13Heater 12-13, 12-14Hydrocyclone 12-19Plug Flow Reactor 12-16, 12-17Pump 12-16Rotary Vacuum Filter 12-20Separator 12-6Tank 12-7Tray Section 12-8

Equipment Summary 11-5Exporting Data 6-15

F

Field Indirect Costs 11-12Field Manpower 11-12Field Supervision 11-12File Menu

starting a simulation 6-8Flat-Bottom Storage Tank

with Optional Roof 10-30Costing Button 10-31Detailed Button 10-31General Button 10-31

G

Gas CompressorCentrifugal Horizontal 10-34

Costing Button 10-35Detailed Button 10-34

Page 316: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Index I-3

General Button 10-34Centrifugal Integral Gear 10-35

Costing Button 10-35Detailed Button 10-35General Button 10-35

Reciprocating 10-36Costing Button 10-36Detailed Button 10-36General Button 10-36

Reciprocating with Integral Gas Engine 10-36Gas Turbine

with Combustion Chamber 10-37Costing Button 10-37General Button 10-37

General Project PageMinimum Basis Button 7-4Project Basis Button 7-5See also Basis PhaseTitle Block Radio Button 7-6

Global Design PageGeneral Radio Button 7-11Heat Transfer Button 7-14Reactors Button 7-22Rotating Equipment Button 7-18See also Basis PhaseTowers Button 7-19Vessels Button 7-11

Global Selection PageSee also Basis Phase

H

Heat ExchangerFixed Tube Sheet Shell and Tube 10-29

Costing Button 10-30General Button 10-29Shell and Tube Button 10-29, 10-32

Floating Head Shell and Tube 10-32Costing Button 10-33General Button 10-32

U-tube Shell and Tube 10-64Help Options 6-14Hot Keys 3-15HYSYS.Plant

Network Installation 2-21

I

ICARUSInstalling 2-4

Importing Unit Operations 6-3

Individual Equipment Item Direct Cost 11-6

J

Jacketed Process Vessel 10-38Horizontal 10-38

Jacket Button 10-38Vertical 10-39

Jacket Button 10-39

K

Kettle with Floating HeadSee also Reboiler

L

Live Bottom Storage Bin 10-41Costing Button 10-42General Button 10-41

Low Pressure Gas Storage Vessel 10-43

M

Menu Baraccess 6-7edit 6-11saving a simulation 6-9starting a simulation 6-8

Menu Bar Options 6-7Economix 6-11Edit 6-11File 6-8Help 6-14Tools 6-12Window 6-12

Multiple-Cyclone Dust Collector 10-43Multi-walled Process Vessel 10-43

O

Office Services 11-12On-line CD Index 1-6

P

PICASSO 1-3Plant Areas 11-8Plant Startup Costs 11-12Printing 6-10Project Design Data 11-5Property Pages and Tabs 3-13Property View

pages 3-14

I-3

Page 317: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

I-4

I-4

tabs 3-14Property Views

cells 3-14highlight location 3-14

PumpAPI 610 10-18

Costing Button 10-19General Button 10-18Pipe Plan Button 10-19

API 610 In-line 10-19Canned Motor 10-22

Costing Button 10-23, 10-42General Button 10-22, 10-23, 10-42

Canned Rotor Gear 10-23Centrifugal Multi-stage 10-24Centrifugal Single 10-24Diaphragm TFE Type 10-28

Costing Button 10-28General Button 10-28

General Service 10-37General Service In-line 10-38Low Consistency Stock 10-42Mechanical Seal Gear 10-43Plastic ANSI Single-stage 10-44

Costing Button 10-44General Button 10-44

Reciprocating Duplex Steam Driver 10-45Reciprocating Positive Displacement Plunger

10-46Reciprocating Simplex Steam Driver 10-46Rotary (Sliding Vanes) 10-48Slurry 10-48Standard ANSI Magnetic Drive 10-49Standard ANSI Single-stage 10-49

Costing Button 10-50General Button 10-49Pipe Plan Button 10-50

Standard Excellent Gear Rotary 10-50Costing Button 10-51General Button 10-50

Triplex Plunger (Motor Driver) 10-63Costing Button 10-63General Button 10-63

Vertical Sump (Turbine Impeller) 10-64Pyrolysis Unit 10-45

Costing Button 10-45General Button 10-45

R

ReboilerKettle with Floating Head 10-39

Costing Button 10-41General Button 10-39Shell and Tube Button 10-40

ThermosiphonHorizontal Shell w/ Fixed Tube Sheet 10-61Horizontal Shell w/ Floating Head 10-62Horizontal Shell w/ U-tube 10-62Vertical Shell w/ Fixed Tube Sheet 10-62

U-tube Kettle 10-63Reports Output Data View 11-3

Construction Tab 11-11Engineering Tab 11-10Equipment Tab 11-5General Project Tab 11-3Plant Bulks Tab 11-7Schedules Tab 11-13

Rotary Disk Filter 10-46Costing Button 10-47Disk Button 10-47General Button 10-46

Rotary Drum Filter 10-47Costing Button 10-47Drum Button 10-47General Button 10-47

S

Savingsave as 6-9

Saving a Casesave all 6-9

Saving a Simulation 6-9Schedule

Equipment Construction 11-14Equipment Procurement 11-13General 11-13Milestones 11-14Project Construction 11-14Project Engineering 11-13

Scroll Bars 3-20Selecting Items 3-15Selecting Multiple Unit Operations 6-5Selecting Single Unit Operations 6-4Selection Phase 8-1

Equipment Categories 8-4Heat Transfer 8-7

Page 318: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

Index I-5

Reactors 8-15Rotating Equipment 8-11Solids Handling 8-17Tower 8-14Vessels 8-5

Sizing Phase 9-1Heat Transfer Category 9-13

3 Phase Reboiler Sizing 9-18Condenser Sizing 9-14Cooler Sizing 9-14Heat Exchanger Sizing 9-14Heater Sizing 9-14Reboiler Sizing 9-18

Reactor Category 9-28CSTR Sizing 9-31General Reactor Sizing 9-31Plug Flow Reactor Sizing 9-29

Rotating Equipment Category 9-19Compressor Sizing 9-21Pump Sizing 9-20

Sizing and Displaying Individual Items 9-5Solids Handling Category 9-32

Baghouse Filter Sizing 9-32Cyclone Sizing 9-33Hydrocyclone Sizing 9-34Rotary Vacuum Filter Sizing 9-34

Tower Category 9-22Packed Tower Sizing 9-23Trayed Tower Sizing 9-25

Vessels Category 9-63 Phase Separator Sizing 9-9Separator Sizing 9-6Tank Sizing 9-12

Sphere 10-48Fatigue Analysis Button 10-48

Spheroid 10-49Standard Process Vessel 10-51

Horizontal 10-51Costing Button 10-52General Button 10-51Horizontal Button 10-52

Vertical 10-53Costing Button 10-55Fatigue Analysis Button 10-54General Button 10-53Vertical Button 10-54Wind and Seismic Button 10-54

Standard TowerPacked Single Diameter 10-55, 10-57

Costing Button 10-57, 10-59Fatigue Analysis Button 10-56, 10-58General Button 10-55, 10-57Packing Button 10-56, 10-57Wind and Seismic Button 10-56, 10-59

Trayed Single Diameter 10-59, 10-60Trays Button 10-60

Starting a Simulation 6-8using the menu bar 6-8

Steam Turbine DriverCondensing Type 10-60

Costing Button 10-61General Button 10-61

Non-Condensing Type 10-61Sub Groups Direct Cost Data View 11-17SubStations 11-9Supplying Input 3-17

T

TASC 12-13Technical Support 1-11The Property View 3-13Thermosiphon

Horizontal Shell with Fixed Tube SheetSee also Reboiler

Horizontal Shell with Floating HeadSee also Reboiler

Horizontal Shell with U-tubeSee also Reboiler

Vertical Shell with Fixed Tube SheetSee also Reboiler

Total Direct Costs 11-4Total Plant Bulks Direct Cost 11-7Total Project Costs 11-3

U

U-tube KettleSee also Reboiler

V

Vertical Cylindrical Process Furnace 10-64

W

Water CycloneMineral Separation 10-64

Costing Button 10-65General Button 10-65

Workspace

I-5

Page 319: Copyright Noticeinstruct.uwo.ca/engin-sc/cbe497/Doc/Economix/Ecmix_gd.pdf · iii 10.31 Gas Compressor - Centrifugal Integral Gear.....10-35 10.32 Gas Compressor - Reciprocating.....10-36

I-6

I-6

Loading 6-13Saving 6-13